4👑☸nimitta

DN

DN 1

DN 1, 1. brahmajālasuttaṃ, mahāsīlaṃ DN 1.4, para. 1 ⇒

21. “‘yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpāya tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvitaṃ kappenti, seyyathidaṃ — aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ uppātaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ aggihomaṃ dabbihomaṃ thusahomaṃ kaṇahomaṃ taṇḍulahomaṃ sappihomaṃ telahomaṃ mukhahomaṃ lohitahomaṃ aṅgavijjā vatthuvijjā khattavijjā {khettavijjā (bahūsu)} sivavijjā bhūtavijjā bhūrivijjā ahivijjā visavijjā vicchikavijjā mūsikavijjā sakuṇavijjā vāyasavijjā pakkajjhānaṃ saraparittāṇaṃ migacakkaṃ iti vā iti evarūpāya tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo’ti — iti vā hi, bhikkhave, puthujjano tathāgatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadamāno vadeyya.

DN 2

DN 1, 2. sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ, mahāsīlaṃ DN 2.15, para. 1 ⇒

205. “yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpāya tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvitaṃ kappenti. seyyathidaṃ — aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ uppātaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ aggihomaṃ dabbihomaṃ thusahomaṃ kaṇahomaṃ taṇḍulahomaṃ sappihomaṃ telahomaṃ mukhahomaṃ lohitahomaṃ aṅgavijjā vatthuvijjā khattavijjā sivavijjā bhūtavijjā bhūrivijjā ahivijjā visavijjā vicchikavijjā mūsikavijjā sakuṇavijjā vāyasavijjā pakkajjhānaṃ saraparittāṇaṃ migacakkaṃ iti vā iti evarūpāya tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvā paṭivirato hoti. idampissa hoti sīlasmiṃ.

DN 1, 2. sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ, indriyasaṃvaro (DN 2), para. 1 ⇒

213. “kathañca, mahārāja, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? idha, mahārāja, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. evaṃ kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.

DN 2

DN 1, 2. sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ, cetopariyañāṇaṃ DN 2.28, para. 2 ⇒

243. “seyyathāpi, mahārāja, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno sakaṇikaṃ vā ‘sakaṇikan’ti jāneyya, akaṇikaṃ vā ‘akaṇikan’ti jāneyya; evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte cetopariyañāṇāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. so parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti — sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sarāgaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītarāgaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sadosaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītadosaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, samohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samohaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītamohaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘saṅkhittaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vikkhittaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘mahaggataṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘amahaggataṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sauttaraṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘anuttaraṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samāhitaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘asamāhitaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vimuttaṃ cittan”ti pajānāti, avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘avimuttaṃ cittan’ti pajānāti. idampi kho, mahārāja, sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi sāmaññaphalehi abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca.

DN 10

DN 1, 10. subhasuttaṃ, samādhikkhandho DN 10.3, para. 2 ⇒

“kathañca, māṇava, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? idha, māṇava, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. evaṃ kho, māṇava, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.

DN 10

DN 1, 10. subhasuttaṃ, paññākkhandho DN 10.4, para. 10 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, māṇava, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno sakaṇikaṃ vā sakaṇikanti jāneyya, akaṇikaṃ vā akaṇikanti jāneyya. evameva kho, māṇava, bhikkhu. pe. yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṃ samāhite. pe. āneñjappatte cetopariyañāṇāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. so parasattānaṃ purapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti, sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāti. pe. avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāti. idampissa hoti paññāya.

DN 11

DN 1, 11. kevaṭṭasuttaṃ, bhūtanirodhesakabhikkhuvatthu DN 11.5, para. 9 ⇒

“‘kahaṃ panāvuso, etarahi so mahābrahmā’ti? ‘mayampi kho, bhikkhu, na jānāma, yattha vā brahmā yena vā brahmā yahiṃ vā brahmā; api ca, bhikkhu, yathā nimittā dissanti, āloko sañjāyati, obhāso pātubhavati, brahmā pātubhavissati, brahmuno hetaṃ pubbanimittaṃ pātubhāvāya, yadidaṃ āloko sañjāyati, obhāso pātubhavatī’ti. atha kho so, kevaṭṭa, mahābrahmā nacirasseva pāturahosi.

DN 15

DN 2, 2. mahānidānasuttaṃ, paṭiccasamuppādo DN 15.1, para. 28 ⇒

114. “‘nāmarūpapaccayā phasso’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā nāmarūpapaccayā phasso. yehi, ānanda, ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi nāmakāyassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu tesu liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu asati api nu kho rūpakāye adhivacanasamphasso paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “yehi, ānanda, ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi rūpakāyassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu. pe. tesu uddesesu asati api nu kho nāmakāye paṭighasamphasso paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “yehi, ānanda, ākārehi. pe. yehi uddesehi nāmakāyassa ca rūpakāyassa ca paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu. pe. tesu uddesesu asati api nu kho adhivacanasamphasso vā paṭighasamphasso vā paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “yehi, ānanda, ākārehi. pe. yehi uddesehi nāmarūpassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu. pe. tesu uddesesu asati api nu kho phasso paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo phassassa, yadidaṃ nāmarūpaṃ”.

DN 16

DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ DN 16.13, para. 3 ⇒

165. “kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati {paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā.)} ? desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa — ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti — ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. sakiṃ {kiṃ (sī. pī.)}, ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. āsītiko me vayo vattati. seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena {veḷumissakena (syā.), veghamissakena (pī.), vedhamissakena, vekhamissakena (ka.)} yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. vedanāsu. pe. citte. pe. dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā”ti.

DN 16

DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, nimittobhāsakathā DN 16.14, para. 2 ⇒

167. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca — “ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ {sattambakaṃ (pī.)} cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno {ākaṅkhamāno (?)}, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā”ti. evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci — “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. dutiyampi kho bhagavā. pe. tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi — “ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā”ti. evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci — “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi — “gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī”ti. “evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.

DN 16

DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, ānandayācanakathā DN 16.21, para. 3 ⇒

“saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhin”ti? “evaṃ, bhante”. “atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī”ti? “sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ — ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’”ti. “saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā”ti? “evaṃ, bhante”. “tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci — ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti. sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

DN 16

DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, ānandayācanakathā DN 16.21, para. 4 ⇒

179. “ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ — ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci — ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti. sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

DN 16

DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, ānandayācanakathā DN 16.21, para. 5 ⇒

180. “ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe. pe. tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte. tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ. tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ. tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre. tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme. tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane. tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ — ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro, ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. pe. ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci — ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti. sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

DN 16

DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, ānandayācanakathā DN 16.21, para. 6 ⇒

181. “ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ — ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci — ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti. sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

DN 16

DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, ānandayācanakathā DN 16.21, para. 7 ⇒

182. “ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye. pe. idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye. idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye. idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye. idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ — ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci — ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti. sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

DN 18

DN 2, 5. janavasabhasuttaṃ, devasabhā DN 18.4, para. 13 ⇒

283. ‘atha kho, bhante, uttarāya disāya uḷāro āloko sañjāyi, obhāso pāturahosi atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi — “yathā kho, mārisā, nimittāni dissanti, uḷāro āloko sañjāyati, obhāso pātubhavati, brahmā pātubhavissati. brahmuno hetaṃ pubbanimittaṃ pātubhāvāya yadidaṃ āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātubhavatīti.

DN 18

DN 2, 5. janavasabhasuttaṃ, devasabhā DN 18.4, para. 14 ⇒

“yathā nimittā dissanti, brahmā pātubhavissati.

DN 18

DN 2, 5. janavasabhasuttaṃ, devasabhā DN 18.4, para. 15 ⇒

brahmuno hetaṃ nimittaṃ, obhāso vipulo mahā”ti.

DN 19

DN 2, 6. mahāgovindasuttaṃ, aṭṭha yathābhuccavaṇṇā DN 19.3, para. 13 ⇒

299. “atha kho, bhante, uttarāya disāya uḷāro āloko sañjāyi, obhāso pāturahosi atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi — ‘yathā kho, mārisā, nimittāni dissanti, uḷāro āloko sañjāyati, obhāso pātubhavati, brahmā pātubhavissati; brahmuno hetaṃ pubbanimittaṃ pātubhāvāya, yadidaṃ āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātubhavatīti.

DN 19

DN 2, 6. mahāgovindasuttaṃ, aṭṭha yathābhuccavaṇṇā DN 19.3, para. 14 ⇒

‘yathā nimittā dissanti, brahmā pātubhavissati.

DN 19

DN 2, 6. mahāgovindasuttaṃ, aṭṭha yathābhuccavaṇṇā DN 19.3, para. 15 ⇒

brahmuno hetaṃ nimittaṃ, obhāso vipulo mahā’ti.

DN 28

DN 3, 5. sampasādanīyasuttaṃ, ādesanavidhādesanā DN 28.5, para. 1 ⇒

148. “aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti ādesanavidhāsu. catasso imā, bhante, ādesanavidhā. idha, bhante, ekacco nimittena ādisati — ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. so bahuṃ cepi ādisati, tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. ayaṃ paṭhamā ādesanavidhā.

DN 28

DN 3, 5. sampasādanīyasuttaṃ, ādesanavidhādesanā DN 28.5, para. 2 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati. api ca kho manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati — ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. so bahuṃ cepi ādisati, tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. ayaṃ dutiyā ādesanavidhā.

DN 28

DN 3, 5. sampasādanīyasuttaṃ, ādesanavidhādesanā DN 28.5, para. 3 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, nāpi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati. api ca kho vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati — ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. so bahuṃ cepi ādisati, tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. ayaṃ tatiyā ādesanavidhā.

DN 28

DN 3, 5. sampasādanīyasuttaṃ, ādesanavidhādesanā DN 28.5, para. 4 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, nāpi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati, nāpi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati. api ca kho avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhiṃ samāpannassa {vitakkavicārasamādhisamāpannassa (syā. ka.) a. ni. 3.61 passitabbaṃ} cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti — ‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā. tathā imassa cittassa anantarā imaṃ nāma vitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’ti. so bahuṃ cepi ādisati, tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. ayaṃ catutthā ādesanavidhā. etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, ādesanavidhāsu.

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (1) suppatiṭṭhitapādatālakkhaṇaṃ DN 30.2, para. 2 ⇒

202. “so tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. tassimāni satta ratanāni bhavanti; seyyathidaṃ, cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. so imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ akhilamanimittamakaṇṭakaṃ iddhaṃ phītaṃ khemaṃ sivaṃ nirabbudaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? akkhambhiyo {avikkhambhiyo (sī. pī.)} hoti kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena paccāmittena. rājā samāno idaṃ labhati. “sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado. buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? akkhambhiyo hoti abbhantarehi vā bāhirehi vā paccatthikehi paccāmittehi rāgena vā dosena vā mohena vā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. buddho samāno idaṃ labhati”. etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (3-5) āyatapaṇhitāditilakkhaṇaṃ DN 30.4, para. 19 ⇒

iti dīghāyukatāya taṃ nimittan””ti.

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (6) sattussadatālakkhaṇaṃ DN 30.5, para. 10 ⇒

āhu byañjananimittakovidā,

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (12) sukhumacchavilakkhaṇaṃ DN 30.9, para. 10 ⇒

byākaṃsu uppādanimittakovidā,

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (15-16) parimaṇḍalānonamajaṇṇuparimasanalakkhaṇāni DN 30.12, para. 12 ⇒

“bahuvividhanimittalakkhaṇaññū,

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (17-19) sīhapubbaddhakāyāditilakkhaṇaṃ DN 30.13, para. 15 ⇒

ahāniyaṃ pubbanimittamassa taṃ.

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (21-22) abhinīlanettagopakhumalakkhaṇāni DN 30.15, para. 11 ⇒

bahū pana nimittakovidā.

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (23) uṇhīsasīsalakkhaṇaṃ DN 30.16, para. 10 ⇒

byākaṃsu byañjananimittadharā,

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (24-25) ekekalomatāuṇṇālakkhaṇāni DN 30.17, para. 13 ⇒

byākaṃsu uppādanimittakovidā.

DN 30

DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (31-32) samadantasusukkadāṭhālakkhaṇāni DN 30.21, para. 2 ⇒

“so tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. tassimāni satta ratanāni bhavanti, seyyathidaṃ — cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. so imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ akhilamanimittamakaṇṭakaṃ iddhaṃ phītaṃ khemaṃ sivaṃ nirabbudaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? suciparivāro hoti sucissa honti parivārā brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamajānapadā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā amaccā pārisajjā rājāno bhogiyā kumārā. rājā samāno idaṃ labhati.

DN 33

DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, dukaṃ DN 33.5, para. 25 ⇒

“samathanimittañca paggahanimittañca.

DN 33

DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, tikaṃ DN 33.6, para. 52 ⇒

“aparepi tayo samādhī — suññato samādhi, animitto samādhi, appaṇihito samādhi.

DN 33

DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, catukkaṃ DN 33.7, para. 18 ⇒

310. “cattāri padhānāni. saṃvarapadhānaṃ pahānapadhānaṃ bhāvanāpadhānaṃ {bhāvanāppadhānaṃ (syā.)} anurakkhaṇāpadhānaṃ {anurakkhanāppadhānaṃ (syā.)} . katamañcāvuso, saṃvarapadhānaṃ? idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. idaṃ vuccatāvuso, saṃvarapadhānaṃ.

DN 33

DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, catukkaṃ DN 33.7, para. 21 ⇒

“katamañcāvuso, anurakkhaṇāpadhānaṃ? idhāvuso, bhikkhu uppannaṃ bhadrakaṃ {bhaddakaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī.)} samādhinimittaṃ anurakkhati — aṭṭhikasaññaṃ, puḷuvakasaññaṃ {puḷavakasaññaṃ (sī. pī.)}, vinīlakasaññaṃ, vicchiddakasaññaṃ, uddhumātakasaññaṃ. idaṃ vuccatāvuso, anurakkhaṇāpadhānaṃ.

DN 33

DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, pañcakaṃ DN 33.8, para. 31 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti. pe. api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. pe. api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. pe. api ca khvassa aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. idaṃ pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.

DN 33

DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, chakkaṃ DN 33.9, para. 28 ⇒

“idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya — ‘animittā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. atha ca pana me nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hotī’ti. so ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. aṭṭhānametaṃ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṃ animittāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya, atha ca panassa nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ bhavissati, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṃ, yadidaṃ animittā cetovimuttī’ti.

DN 34

DN 3, 11. dasuttarasuttaṃ, pañca dhammā DN 34.6, para. 3 ⇒

(kha) “katame pañca dhammā bhāvetabbā? pañcaṅgiko sammāsamādhi — pītipharaṇatā, sukhapharaṇatā, cetopharaṇatā, ālokapharaṇatā, paccavekkhaṇanimittaṃ {paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)} . ime pañca dhammā bhāvetabbā.

DN 34

DN 3, 11. dasuttarasuttaṃ, pañca dhammā DN 34.6, para. 18 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati; api ca khvassa aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṃvedī ca. tassa atthappaṭisaṃvedino dhammappaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. idaṃ pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ. ime pañca dhammā abhiññeyyā.

DN 34

DN 3, 11. dasuttarasuttaṃ, cha dhammā DN 34.7, para. 17 ⇒

“idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya — ‘animittā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā. pe. atha ca pana me nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hotī’ti. so — ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca. pe. nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṃ yadidaṃ animittā cetovimuttī’ti.

MN

MN 5

MN 1, 1. mūlapariyāyavaggo, 5. anaṅgaṇasuttaṃ MN 5.1, para. 7 ⇒

“tatrāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — subhanimittaṃ manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa manasikārā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃsessati; so sarāgo sadoso samoho sāṅgaṇo saṃkiliṭṭhacitto kālaṃ karissati. seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṃsapāti ābhatā āpaṇā vā kammārakulā vā parisuddhā pariyodātā. tamenaṃ sāmikā na ceva paribhuñjeyyuṃ na ca pariyodapeyyuṃ, rajāpathe ca naṃ nikkhipeyyuṃ. evañhi sā, āvuso, kaṃsapāti aparena samayena saṃkiliṭṭhatarā assa malaggahitā”ti? “evamāvuso”ti. “evameva kho, āvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — subhanimittaṃ manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa manasikārā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃsessati;so sarāgo sadoso samoho sāṅgaṇo saṃkiliṭṭhacittokālaṃkarissati.

MN 5

MN 1, 1. mūlapariyāyavaggo, 5. anaṅgaṇasuttaṃ MN 5.1, para. 8 ⇒

“tatrāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — subhanimittaṃ na manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa amanasikārā rāgo cittaṃ nānuddhaṃsessati; so arāgo adoso amoho anaṅgaṇo asaṃkiliṭṭhacitto kālaṃ karissati. seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṃsapāti ābhatā āpaṇā vā kammārakulā vā parisuddhā pariyodātā. tamenaṃ sāmikā paribhuñjeyyuñceva pariyodapeyyuñca, na ca naṃ rajāpathe nikkhipeyyuṃ. evañhi sā, āvuso, kaṃsapāti aparena samayena parisuddhatarā assa pariyodātā”ti? “evamāvuso”ti. “evameva kho, āvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo anaṅgaṇova samāno ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ aṅgaṇan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — subhanimittaṃ na manasi karissati, tassa subhanimittassa amanasikārā rāgo cittaṃ nānuddhaṃsessati; so arāgo adoso amoho anaṅgaṇo asaṃkiliṭṭhacitto kālaṃ karissati.

MN 12

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 2. mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ MN 12.1, para. 23 ⇒

“‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’ti. tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṃ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ {etampahaṃ (sī. pī.)}, sāriputta, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

MN 12

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 2. mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ MN 12.1, para. 24 ⇒

“‘khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇā’ti. tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṃ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, sāriputta, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

MN 12

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 2. mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ MN 12.1, para. 25 ⇒

“‘ye kho pana te antarāyikā dhammā vuttā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṃ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, sāriputta, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

MN 12

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 2. mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ MN 12.1, para. 26 ⇒

“‘yassa kho pana te atthāya dhammo desito, so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti. tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṃ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, sāriputta, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

MN 12

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 2. mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ MN 12.1, para. 29 ⇒

151. “aṭṭha kho imā, sāriputta, parisā. katamā aṭṭha? khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā {cātummahārājikā (sī. syā. pī.)}, tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā — imā kho, sāriputta, aṭṭha parisā. imehi kho, sāriputta, catūhi vesārajjehi samannāgato tathāgato imā aṭṭha parisā upasaṅkamati ajjhogāhati. abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva, sallapitapubbañca, sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. tatra vata maṃ bhayaṃ vā sārajjaṃ vā okkamissatīti nimittametaṃ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, sāriputta, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

MN 12

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 2. mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ MN 12.1, para. 30 ⇒

“abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ. pe. gahapatiparisaṃ. samaṇaparisaṃ. cātumahārājikaparisaṃ. tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ. māraparisaṃ. brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva, sallapitapubbañca, sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. tatra vata maṃ bhayaṃ vā sārajjaṃ vā okkamissatīti nimittametaṃ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, sāriputta, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

MN 15

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 5. anumānasuttaṃ MN 15.1, para. 69 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, āvuso, itthī vā puriso vā, daharo yuvā maṇḍanajātiko, ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte, acche vā udakapatte, sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno, sace tattha passati rajaṃ vā aṅgaṇaṃ vā, tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamati; no ce tattha passati rajaṃ vā aṅgaṇaṃ vā, teneva attamano hoti — ‘lābhā vata me, parisuddhaṃ vata me’ti. evameva kho, āvuso, sace bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno sabbepime pāpake akusale dhamme appahīne attani samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā sabbesaṃyeva imesaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ. sace panāvuso, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno sabbepime pāpake akusale dhamme pahīne attani samanupassati, tenāvuso, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṃ, ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesū”ti.

MN 20

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 10. vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ MN 20.1, para. 2 ⇒

“adhicittamanuyuttena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā pañca nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasi kātabbāni. katamāni pañca? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yaṃ nimittaṃ āgamma yaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tamhā nimittā aññaṃ nimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ. tassa tamhā nimittā aññaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti {ekodibhoti (syā. ka.)} samādhiyati. seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho palagaṇḍo vā palagaṇḍantevāsī vā sukhumāya āṇiyā oḷārikaṃ āṇiṃ abhinihaneyya abhinīhareyya abhinivatteyya {abhinivajjeyya (sī. pī.)}; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yaṃ nimittaṃ āgamma yaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tamhā nimittā aññaṃ nimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ. tassa tamhā nimittā aññaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati.

MN 20

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 10. vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ MN 20.1, para. 3 ⇒

217. “tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno tamhā nimittā aññaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ uppajjanteva pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṃ vitakkānaṃ ādīnavo upaparikkhitabbo — ‘itipime vitakkā akusalā, itipime vitakkā sāvajjā, itipime vitakkā dukkhavipākā’ti. tassa tesaṃ vitakkānaṃ ādīnavaṃ upaparikkhato ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭiyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya; evameva kho, bhikkhave, tassa ce bhikkhuno tamhāpi nimittā aññaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ uppajjanteva pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṃ vitakkānaṃ ādīnavo upaparikkhitabbo — ‘itipime vitakkā akusalā, itipime vitakkā sāvajjā, itipime vitakkā dukkhavipākā’ti. tassa tesaṃ vitakkānaṃ ādīnavaṃ upaparikkhato ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati.

MN 20

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 10. vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ MN 20.1, para. 7 ⇒

221. “yato kho {yato ca kho (syā. ka.)}, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yaṃ nimittaṃ āgamma yaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi, tassa tamhā nimittā aññaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. tesampi vitakkānaṃ ādīnavaṃ upaparikkhato ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. tesampi vitakkānaṃ asatiamanasikāraṃ āpajjato ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. tesampi vitakkānaṃ vitakkasaṅkhārasaṇṭhānaṃ manasikaroto ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. dantebhidantamādhāya jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhato abhinippīḷayato abhisantāpayato ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṃhitāpi dosūpasaṃhitāpi mohūpasaṃhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. tesaṃ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vasī vitakkapariyāyapathesu. yaṃ vitakkaṃ ākaṅkhissati taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkessati, yaṃ vitakkaṃ nākaṅkhissati na taṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkessati. acchecchi taṇhaṃ, vivattayi {vāvattayi (sī. pī.)} saṃyojanaṃ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā”ti.

MN 20

MN 1, 2. sīhanādavaggo, 10. vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ MN 20.1, para. 13 ⇒

khilapatthamadhupiṇḍikadvidhāvitakka, pañcanimittakathā puna vaggo.

MN 27

MN 1, 3. opammavaggo, 7. cūḷahatthipadopamasuttaṃ MN 27.1, para. 30 ⇒

295. “so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

MN 33

MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 3. mahāgopālakasuttaṃ MN 33.1, para. 6 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya na paṭipajjati, na rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye na saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya na paṭipajjati, na rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye na saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti.

MN 33

MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 3. mahāgopālakasuttaṃ MN 33.1, para. 19 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti.

MN 36

MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 6. mahāsaccakasuttaṃ MN 36.1, para. 35 ⇒

387. “abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, aggivessana, anekasatāya parisāya dhammaṃ desetā. apissu maṃ ekameko evaṃ maññati — ‘mamevārabbha samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desetī’ti. ‘na kho panetaṃ, aggivessana, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ; yāvadeva viññāpanatthāya tathāgato paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti. so kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tassāyeva kathāya pariyosāne, tasmiṃyeva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi sannisādemi ekodiṃ karomi samādahāmi, yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’”ti.

MN 38

MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 8. mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ MN 38.1, para. 93 ⇒

“so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

MN 39

MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 9. mahāassapurasuttaṃ MN 39.1, para. 8 ⇒

421. “kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘indriyesu guttadvārā bhavissāma; cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjissāma, rakkhissāma cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjissāma. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjissāma, rakkhissāma manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjissāmā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa — ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīyan’ti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave — ‘mā vo sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi, sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 61 ⇒

“kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā”ti?

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 62 ⇒

“dve kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā — sabbanimittānañca amanasikāro, animittāya ca dhātuyā manasikāro. ime kho, āvuso, dve paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā”ti.

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 63 ⇒

“kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā”ti?

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 64 ⇒

“tayo kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā — sabbanimittānañca amanasikāro, animittāya ca dhātuyā manasikāro, pubbe ca abhisaṅkhāro. ime kho, āvuso, tayo paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā”ti.

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 65 ⇒

“kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāyā”ti?

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 66 ⇒

“dve kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāya — sabbanimittānañca manasikāro, animittāya ca dhātuyā amanasikāro. ime kho, āvuso, dve paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāyā”ti.

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 67 ⇒

459. “yā cāyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti — ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca udāhu ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti?

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 68 ⇒

“yā cāyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti — atthi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca; atthi ca kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā, byañjanameva nānaṃ”.

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 75 ⇒

“katamā cāvuso, animittā cetovimutti”?

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 76 ⇒

“idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati. ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, animittā cetovimutti. ayaṃ kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca”.

MN 43

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 3. mahāvedallasuttaṃ MN 43.1, para. 78 ⇒

“rāgo kho, āvuso, pamāṇakaraṇo, doso pamāṇakaraṇo, moho pamāṇakaraṇo. te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. yāvatā kho, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. sā kho panākuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena. rāgo kho, āvuso, kiñcano, doso kiñcano, moho kiñcano. te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. yāvatā kho, āvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. sā kho panākuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena. rāgo kho, āvuso, nimittakaraṇo, doso nimittakaraṇo, moho nimittakaraṇo. te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. yāvatā kho, āvuso, animittā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. sā kho panākuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena. ayaṃ kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti.

MN 44

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 4. cūḷavedallasuttaṃ MN 44.1, para. 16 ⇒

“katamo panāyye, samādhi, katame dhammā samādhinimittā, katame dhammā samādhiparikkhārā, katamā samādhibhāvanā”ti?

MN 44

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 4. cūḷavedallasuttaṃ MN 44.1, para. 17 ⇒

“yā kho, āvuso visākha, cittassa ekaggatā ayaṃ samādhi; cattāro satipaṭṭhānā samādhinimittā; cattāro sammappadhānā samādhiparikkhārā. yā tesaṃyeva dhammānaṃ āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkammaṃ, ayaṃ ettha samādhibhāvanā”ti.

MN 44

MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 4. cūḷavedallasuttaṃ MN 44.1, para. 30 ⇒

“saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṃ panāyye, bhikkhuṃ kati phassā phusantī”ti? “saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuṃ tayo phassā phusanti — suññato phasso, animitto phasso, appaṇihito phasso”ti.

MN 51

MN 2, 1. gahapativaggo, 1. kandarakasuttaṃ MN 51.1, para. 15 ⇒

12. “so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

MN 53

MN 2, 1. gahapativaggo, 3. sekhasuttaṃ MN 53.1, para. 4 ⇒

“kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. evaṃ kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.

MN 54

MN 2, 1. gahapativaggo, 4. potaliyasuttaṃ, MN 54.1, para. 1 ⇒

31. evaṃ me sutaṃ — ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu viharati āpaṇaṃ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṃ nigamo. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āpaṇaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. āpaṇe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yenaññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya. taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā {ajjhogahetvā (sī. syā. kaṃ.), ajjhogāhitvā (pī. ka.)} aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. potaliyopi kho gahapati sampannanivāsanapāvuraṇo {pāpuraṇo (sī. syā. kaṃ.)} chattupāhanāhi {chattupāhano (ka.)} jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena so vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca — “saṃvijjanti kho, gahapati, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi nisīdā”ti. evaṃ vutte, potaliyo gahapati “gahapativādena maṃ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī”ti kupito anattamano tuṇhī ahosi. dutiyampi kho bhagavā. pe. tatiyampi kho bhagavā potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca — “saṃvijjanti kho, gahapati, āsanāni; sace ākaṅkhasi nisīdā”ti. “evaṃ vutte, potaliyo gahapati gahapativādena maṃ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī”ti kupito anattamano bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “tayidaṃ, bho gotama, nacchannaṃ, tayidaṃ nappatirūpaṃ, yaṃ maṃ tvaṃ gahapativādena samudācarasī”ti. “te hi te, gahapati, ākārā, te liṅgā, te nimittā yathā taṃ gahapatissā”ti. “tathā hi pana me, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā samucchinnā”ti. “yathā kathaṃ pana te, gahapati, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā samucchinnā”ti? “idha me, bho gotama, yaṃ ahosi dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā sabbaṃ taṃ puttānaṃ dāyajjaṃ niyyātaṃ, tatthāhaṃ anovādī anupavādī ghāsacchādanaparamo viharāmi. evaṃ kho me {evañca me (syā.), evaṃ me (ka.)}, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā samucchinnā”ti. “aññathā kho tvaṃ, gahapati, vohārasamucchedaṃ vadasi, aññathā ca pana ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedo hotī”ti. “yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedo hoti? sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedo hotī”ti. “tena hi, gahapati, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī”ti. “evaṃ, bhante”ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi.

MN 77

MN 2, 3. paribbājakavaggo, 7. mahāsakuludāyisuttaṃ MN 77.1, para. 50 ⇒

256. “puna caparaṃ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṃ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānanti — sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sarāgaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītarāgaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti; sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sadosaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītadosaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti; samohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samohaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītamohaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti; saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘saṅkhittaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vikkhittaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti; mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘mahaggataṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘amahaggataṃ cittan’ti pajānanti; sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sauttaraṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘anuttaraṃ cittan’ti pajānanti; samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samāhitaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘asamāhitaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti; vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vimuttaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘avimuttaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti. seyyathāpi, udāyi, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno sakaṇikaṃ vā ‘sakaṇikan’ti {sakaṇikaṅgaṃ vā sakaṇikaṅganti (sī.)} jāneyya, akaṇikaṃ vā ‘akaṇikan’ti {akaṇikaṅgaṃ vā akaṇikaṅganti (sī.)} jāneyya; evameva kho, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṃ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānanti — sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sarāgaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ. pe. sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ. vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ. samohaṃ vā cittaṃ. vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ. saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ. vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ. mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ. amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ. sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ. anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ. samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ. asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ. vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ. avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘avimuttaṃ cittan’ti pajānanti. tatra ca pana me sāvakā bahū abhiññāvosānapāramippattā viharanti.

MN 82

MN 2, 4. rājavaggo, 2. raṭṭhapālasuttaṃ MN 82.1, para. 8 ⇒

atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “icchāmahaṃ, bhante, mātāpitaro uddassetuṃ, sace maṃ bhagavā anujānātī”ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa cetasā ceto paricca {cetoparivitakkaṃ (sī. pī.)} manasākāsi. yathā {yadā (sī. pī.)} bhagavā aññāsi — “abhabbo kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitun”ti, atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ raṭṭhapālaṃ etadavoca — “yassadāni tvaṃ, raṭṭhapāla, kālaṃ maññasī”ti. atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena thullakoṭṭhikaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena thullakoṭṭhiko tadavasari. tatra sudaṃ āyasmā raṭṭhapālo thullakoṭṭhike viharati rañño korabyassa migacīre. atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya thullakoṭṭhikaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. thullakoṭṭhike sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena sakapitu nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā majjhimāya dvārasālāya ullikhāpeti. addasā kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā āyasmantaṃ raṭṭhapālaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. disvāna etadavoca — “imehi muṇḍakehi samaṇakehi amhākaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo pabbājito”ti. atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo sakapitu nivesane neva dānaṃ alattha na paccakkhānaṃ; aññadatthu akkosameva alattha. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa ñātidāsī ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ chaḍḍetukāmā hoti. atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo taṃ ñātidāsiṃ etadavoca — “sacetaṃ, bhagini, chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ, idha me patte ākirā”ti. atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa ñātidāsī taṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa patte ākirantī hatthānañca pādānañca sarassa ca nimittaṃ aggahesi.

MN 94

MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 4. ghoṭamukhasuttaṃ MN 94.1, para. 22 ⇒

419. “so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāyana na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

MN 101

MN 3, 1. devadahavaggo, 1. devadahasuttaṃ MN 101.1, para. 30 ⇒

15. “so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

MN 107

MN 3, 1. devadahavaggo, 7. gaṇakamoggallānasuttaṃ MN 107.1, para. 4 ⇒

“yato kho, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, tamenaṃ tathāgato uttariṃ vineti — ‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, indriyesu guttadvāro hohi, cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhī hohi mānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjāhi; rakkhāhi cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjāhi. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya mā nimittaggāhī hohi mānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjāhi; rakkhāhi manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjāhī’”ti.

MN 109

MN 3, 1. devadahavaggo, 9. mahāpuṇṇamasuttaṃ MN 109.1, para. 12 ⇒

89. “kathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti? “yaṃ kiñci, bhikkhu, rūpaṃ — atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā — sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti — evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. yā kāci vedanā. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ — atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā — sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti — evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti.

MN 112

MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 2. chabbisodhanasuttaṃ MN 112.1, para. 6 ⇒

102. “‘kathaṃ jānato panāyasmato, kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānānusayā samūhatā’ti {susamūhatāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)} ? khīṇāsavassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno vusitavato katakaraṇīyassa ohitabhārassa anuppattasadatthassa parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanassa sammadaññāvimuttass ayamanudhammo hoti veyyākaraṇāya — ‘pubbe kho ahaṃ, āvuso, agāriyabhūto samāno aviddasu ahosiṃ. tassa me tathāgato vā tathāgatasāvako vā dhammaṃ desesi. tāhaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhiṃ. so tena saddhāpaṭilābhena samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhiṃ — sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’n”ti.

MN 112

MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 2. chabbisodhanasuttaṃ MN 112.1, para. 10 ⇒

103. “so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī ahosiṃ nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjiṃ; rakkhiṃ cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjiṃ. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. pe. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. pe. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. pe. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī ahosiṃ nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjiṃ; rakkhiṃ manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjiṃ. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedesiṃ.

MN 112

MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 2. chabbisodhanasuttaṃ MN 112.1, para. 15 ⇒

“so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. so idaṃ dukkhanti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayoti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhoti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ; ime āsavāti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavasamudayoti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavanirodhoti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. tassa me evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha: vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ ahosi. khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti abbhaññāsiṃ. evaṃ kho me, āvuso, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānānusayā samūhatā”ti. “tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditabbaṃ anumoditabbaṃ. ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā evamassa vacanīyo — ‘lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṃ no, āvuso, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ tādisaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ samanupassāmā’”ti {passāmāti (sī.)} .

MN 121

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 1. cūḷasuññatasuttaṃ MN 121.1, para. 7 ⇒

182. “puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu amanasikaritvā ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ, amanasikaritvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṃ, animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ paṭicca manasi karoti ekattaṃ. tassa animitte cetosamādhimhi cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati. so evaṃ pajānāti — ‘ye assu darathā ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ paṭicca tedha na santi, ye assu darathā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṃ paṭicca tedha na santi, atthi cevāyaṃ darathamattā yadidaṃ — imameva kāyaṃ paṭicca saḷāyatanikaṃ jīvitapaccayā’ti. so ‘suññamidaṃ saññāgataṃ ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāyā’ti pajānāti, ‘suññamidaṃ saññāgataṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāyā’ti pajānāti, ‘atthi cevidaṃ asuññataṃ yadidaṃ — imameva kāyaṃ paṭicca saḷāyatanikaṃ jīvitapaccayā’ti. iti yañhi kho tattha na hoti tena taṃ suññaṃ samanupassati, yaṃ pana tattha avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti taṃ ‘santamidaṃ atthī’ti pajānāti. evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati.

MN 121

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 1. cūḷasuññatasuttaṃ MN 121.1, para. 8 ⇒

183. “puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu amanasikaritvā ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ, amanasikaritvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṃ, animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ paṭicca manasi karoti ekattaṃ. tassa animitte cetosamādhimhi cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati. so evaṃ pajānāti — ‘ayampi kho animitto cetosamādhi abhisaṅkhato abhisañcetayito’. ‘yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhamman’ti pajānāti. tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati. vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. so evaṃ pajānāti — ‘ye assu darathā kāmāsavaṃ paṭicca tedha na santi, ye assu darathā bhavāsavaṃ paṭicca tedha na santi, ye assu darathā avijjāsavaṃ paṭicca tedha na santi, atthi cevāyaṃ darathamattā yadidaṃ — imameva kāyaṃ paṭicca saḷāyatanikaṃ jīvitapaccayā’ti. so ‘suññamidaṃ saññāgataṃ kāmāsavenā’ti pajānāti, ‘suññamidaṃ saññāgataṃ bhavāsavenā’ti pajānāti, ‘suññamidaṃ saññāgataṃ avijjāsavenā’ti pajānāti, ‘atthi cevidaṃ asuññataṃ yadidaṃ — imameva kāyaṃ paṭicca saḷāyatanikaṃ jīvitapaccayā’ti. iti yañhi kho tattha na hoti tena taṃ suññaṃ samanupassati, yaṃ pana tattha avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti taṃ ‘santamidaṃ atthī’ti pajānāti. evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā paramānuttarā suññatāvakkanti bhavati.

MN 122

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 2. mahāsuññatasuttaṃ MN 122.1, para. 6 ⇒

187. “ayaṃ kho panānanda, vihāro tathāgatena abhisambuddho yadidaṃ — sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ajjhattaṃ suññataṃ upasampajja viharituṃ {viharataṃ (ka. sī.), viharati (syā. kaṃ. ka.)} . tatra ce, ānanda, tathāgataṃ iminā vihārena viharantaṃ bhavanti {bhagavantaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. ka.)} upasaṅkamitāro bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā. tatrānanda, tathāgato vivekaninneneva cittena vivekapoṇena vivekapabbhārena vūpakaṭṭhena nekkhammābhiratena byantībhūtena sabbaso āsavaṭṭhānīyehi dhammehi aññadatthu uyyojanikapaṭisaṃyuttaṃyeva kathaṃ kattā hoti. tasmātihānanda, bhikkhu cepi ākaṅkheyya — ‘ajjhattaṃ suññataṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti, tenānanda, bhikkhunā ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapetabbaṃ sannisādetabbaṃ ekodi kātabbaṃ samādahātabbaṃ.

MN 122

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 2. mahāsuññatasuttaṃ MN 122.1, para. 8 ⇒

“tenānanda, bhikkhunā tasmiṃyeva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapetabbaṃ sannisādetabbaṃ ekodi kātabbaṃ samādahātabbaṃ. so ajjhattaṃ suññataṃ manasi karoti. tassa ajjhattaṃ suññataṃ manasikaroto ajjhattaṃ suññatāya cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. evaṃ santametaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu evaṃ pajānāti — ‘ajjhattaṃ suññataṃ kho me manasikaroto ajjhattaṃ suññatāya cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccatī’ti. itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. so bahiddhā suññataṃ manasi karoti. pe. so ajjhattabahiddhā suññataṃ manasi karoti. pe. so āneñjaṃ manasi karoti. tassa āneñjaṃ manasikaroto āneñjāya cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. evaṃ santametaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu evaṃ pajānāti — ‘āneñjaṃ kho me manasikaroto āneñjāya cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccatī’ti. itiha tattha sampajāno hoti.

MN 124

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 4. bākulasuttaṃ MN 124.1, para. 9 ⇒

“asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi sūciyā cīvaraṃ sibbitā. pe. nābhijānāmi rajanena cīvaraṃ rajitā. nābhijānāmi kathine {kaṭhine (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)} cīvaraṃ sibbitā. nābhijānāmi sabrahmacārīnaṃ cīvarakamme vicāritā {sabrahmacārī cīvarakamme byāpāritā (sī. pī.)} . nābhijānāmi nimantanaṃ sāditā. nābhijānāmi evarūpaṃ cittaṃ uppannapubbaṃ — ‘aho vata maṃ koci nimanteyyā’ti. nābhijānāmi antaraghare nisīditā. nābhijānāmi antaraghare bhuñjitā. nābhijānāmi mātugāmassa anubyañjanaso nimittaṃ gahetā. nābhijānāmi mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desitā antamaso catuppadampi gāthaṃ. nābhijānāmi bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitā. nābhijānāmi bhikkhuniyā dhammaṃ desitā. nābhijānāmi sikkhamānāya dhammaṃ desitā. nābhijānāmi sāmaṇeriyā dhammaṃ desitā. nābhijānāmi pabbājetā. nābhijānāmi upasampādetā. nābhijānāmi nissayaṃ dātā. nābhijānāmi sāmaṇeraṃ upaṭṭhāpetā. nābhijānāmi jantāghare nhāyitā. nābhijānāmi cuṇṇena nhāyitā. nābhijānāmi sabrahmacārīgattaparikamme vicāritā {byāpāritā (sī. pī.)} . nābhijānāmi ābādhaṃ uppannapubbaṃ, antamaso gaddūhanamattampi. nābhijānāmi bhesajjaṃ upaharitā, antamaso haritakikhaṇḍampi. nābhijānāmi apassenakaṃ apassayitā. nābhijānāmi seyyaṃ kappetā. yaṃpāyasmā. pe. dhārema.

MN 125

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 5. dantabhūmisuttaṃ MN 125.1, para. 16 ⇒

“yato kho, aggivessana, ariyasāvako sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, tamenaṃ tathāgato uttariṃ vineti — ‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, indriyesu guttadvāro hohi, cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhī. pe. (yathā gaṇakamoggallānasuttante, evaṃ vitthāretabbāni.)

MN 128

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 8. upakkilesasuttaṃ MN 128.1, para. 36 ⇒

241. “sādhu, sādhu, anuruddhā! atthi pana vo, anuruddhā, evaṃ appamattānaṃ ātāpīnaṃ pahitattānaṃ viharataṃ uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro”ti? “idha mayaṃ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā obhāsañceva sañjānāma dassanañca rūpānaṃ. so kho pana no obhāso nacirasseva antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ; tañca nimittaṃ nappaṭivijjhāmā”ti.

MN 128

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 8. upakkilesasuttaṃ MN 128.1, para. 37 ⇒

“taṃ kho pana vo, anuruddhā, nimittaṃ paṭivijjhitabbaṃ. ahampi sudaṃ, anuruddhā, pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno obhāsañceva sañjānāmi dassanañca rūpānaṃ. so kho pana me obhāso nacirasseva antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ. tassa mayhaṃ, anuruddhā, etadahosi — ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo yena me obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānan’ti? tassa mayhaṃ, anuruddhā, etadahosi — ‘vicikicchā kho me udapādi, vicikicchādhikaraṇañca pana me samādhi cavi. samādhimhi cute obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ. sohaṃ tathā karissāmi yathā me puna na vicikicchā uppajjissatī’”ti.

MN 128

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 8. upakkilesasuttaṃ MN 128.1, para. 49 ⇒

243. “so kho ahaṃ, anuruddhā, appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañhi kho sañjānāmi, na ca rūpāni passāmi; rūpāni hi kho passāmi, na ca obhāsaṃ sañjānāmi — ‘kevalampi rattiṃ, kevalampi divaṃ {divasaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)}, kevalampi rattindivaṃ’ {rattidivaṃ (ka.)} . tassa mayhaṃ, anuruddhā, etadahosi — ‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo yvāhaṃ obhāsañhi kho sañjānāmi na ca rūpāni passāmi; rūpāni hi kho {kho tasmiṃ samaye (sī. ka.)} passāmi na ca obhāsaṃ sañjānāmi — kevalampi rattiṃ, kevalampi divaṃ, kevalampi rattindivan’ti. tassa mayhaṃ, anuruddhā, etadahosi — ‘yasmiñhi kho ahaṃ samaye rūpanimittaṃ amanasikaritvā obhāsanimittaṃ manasi karomi, obhāsañhi kho tasmiṃ samaye sañjānāmi, na ca rūpāni passāmi. yasmiṃ panāhaṃ samaye obhāsanimittaṃ amanasikaritvā rūpanimittaṃ manasi karomi, rūpāni hi kho tasmiṃ samaye passāmi na ca obhāsaṃ sañjānāmi — kevalampi rattiṃ, kevalampi divaṃ, kevalampi rattindiva’n”ti.

MN 129

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 9. bālapaṇḍitasuttaṃ MN 129.1, para. 2 ⇒

“tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni. katamāni tīṇi? idha, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca hoti dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca. no cetaṃ {no cedaṃ (saṃ. ni. 3.27-28)}, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca abhavissa dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca kena naṃ {na tena naṃ (ka.), na naṃ (?)} paṇḍitā jāneyyuṃ — ‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’ti? yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca hoti dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca tasmā naṃ paṇḍitā jānanti — ‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’ti. sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo tividhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. sace, bhikkhave, bālo sabhāyaṃ vā nisinno hoti, rathikāya {rathiyāya (bahūsu)} vā nisinno hoti, siṅghāṭake vā nisinno hoti; tatra ce jano tajjaṃ tassāruppaṃ kathaṃ manteti. sace, bhikkhave, bālo pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti, tatra, bhikkhave, bālassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃ kho jano tajjaṃ tassāruppaṃ kathaṃ manteti, saṃvijjanteva te {saṃvijjante te ca (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)} dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmī’ti. idaṃ, bhikkhave, bālo paṭhamaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

MN 129

MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 9. bālapaṇḍitasuttaṃ MN 129.1, para. 23 ⇒

253. “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānāni. katamāni tīṇi? idha, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca hoti subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca. no cetaṃ, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca abhavissa subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca, kena naṃ {na tena naṃ (ka.), na naṃ (?)} paṇḍitā jāneyyuṃ — ‘paṇḍito ayaṃ bhavaṃ sappuriso’ti? yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca hoti subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca tasmā naṃ paṇḍitā jānanti — ‘paṇḍito ayaṃ bhavaṃ sappuriso’ti. sa kho so, bhikkhave, paṇḍito tividhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. sace, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sabhāyaṃ vā nisinno hoti, rathikāya vā nisinno hoti, siṅghāṭake vā nisinno hoti; tatra ce jano tajjaṃ tassāruppaṃ kathaṃ manteti. sace, bhikkhave, paṇḍito pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti; tatra, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃ kho jano tajjaṃ tassāruppaṃ kathaṃ manteti; saṃvijjanteva te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmī’ti. idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṇḍito paṭhamaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

MN 138

MN 3, 4. vibhaṅgavaggo, 8. uddesavibhaṅgasuttaṃ MN 138.1, para. 8 ⇒

316. “kathañcāvuso, bahiddhā viññāṇaṃ vikkhittaṃ visaṭanti vuccati? idhāvuso, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rūpanimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hoti rūpanimittassādagadhitaṃ {.gathitaṃ (sī. pī.)} rūpanimittassādavinibandhaṃ {.vinibandhaṃ (sī. pī.)} rūpanimittassādasaṃyojanasaṃyuttaṃ bahiddhā viññāṇaṃ vikkhittaṃ visaṭanti vuccati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya dhammanimittānusārī viññāṇaṃ hoti; dhammanimittassādagadhitaṃ dhammanimittassādavinibandhaṃ dhammanimittassādasaṃyojanasaṃyuttaṃ bahiddhā viññāṇaṃ vikkhittaṃ visaṭanti vuccati. evaṃ kho āvuso, bahiddhā viññāṇaṃ vikkhittaṃ visaṭanti vuccati.

MN 138

MN 3, 4. vibhaṅgavaggo, 8. uddesavibhaṅgasuttaṃ MN 138.1, para. 9 ⇒

317. “kathañcāvuso, bahiddhā viññāṇaṃ avikkhittaṃ avisaṭanti vuccati? idhāvuso, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na rūpanimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hoti rūpanimittassādagadhitaṃ na rūpanimittassādavinibandhaṃ na rūpanimittassādasaṃyojanasaṃyuttaṃ bahiddhā viññāṇaṃ avikkhittaṃ avisaṭanti vuccati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na dhammanimittānusārī viññāṇaṃ hoti na dhammanimittassādagadhitaṃ na dhammanimittassādavinibandhaṃ na dhammanimittassādasaṃyojanasaṃyuttaṃ bahiddhā viññāṇaṃ avikkhittaṃ avisaṭanti vuccati. evaṃ kho, āvuso, bahiddhā viññāṇaṃ avikkhittaṃ avisaṭanti vuccati.

SN

SN 8.4

SN 1, 8. vaṅgīsasaṃyuttaṃ, 4. ānandasuttaṃ SN 8.4, para. 5 ⇒

nimittaṃ parivajjehi, subhaṃ rāgūpasaṃhitaṃ.

SN 8.4

SN 1, 8. vaṅgīsasaṃyuttaṃ, 4. ānandasuttaṃ SN 8.4, para. 10 ⇒

“animittañca bhāvehi, mānānusayamujjaha.

SN 18.21

SN 2, 7. rāhulasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 11. anusayasuttaṃ SN 18.21, para. 1 ⇒

200. sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti? “yaṃ kiñci, rāhula, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. yā kāci vedanā. pe. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. evaṃ kho, rāhula, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti. ekādasamaṃ.

SN 18.22

SN 2, 7. rāhulasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 12. apagatasuttaṃ SN 18.22, para. 1 ⇒

201. sāvatthinidānaṃ. atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan”ti? “yaṃ kiñci, rāhula, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti”.

SN 18.22

SN 2, 7. rāhulasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 12. apagatasuttaṃ SN 18.22, para. 2 ⇒

“yā kāci vedanā. pe. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti. evaṃ kho, rāhula, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan”ti. dvādasamaṃ.

SN 22.3

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. nakulapituvaggo, 3. hāliddikānisuttaṃ SN 22.3, para. 9 ⇒

“kathañca, gahapati, niketasārī hoti? rūpanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, ‘niketasārī’ti vuccati. saddanimitta. pe. gandhanimitta. rasanimitta. phoṭṭhabbanimitta. dhammanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, ‘niketasārī’ti vuccati. evaṃ kho, gahapati, niketasārī hoti.

SN 22.3

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. nakulapituvaggo, 3. hāliddikānisuttaṃ SN 22.3, para. 10 ⇒

“kathañca, gahapati, aniketasārī hoti? rūpanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. tasmā tathāgato ‘aniketasārī’ti vuccati. saddanimitta. gandhanimitta. rasanimitta. phoṭṭhabbanimitta. dhammanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. tasmā tathāgato ‘aniketasārī’ti vuccati. evaṃ kho, gahapati, aniketasārī hoti.

SN 22.71

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 7. arahantavaggo, 9. rādhasuttaṃ SN 22.71, para. 1 ⇒

71. sāvatthinidānaṃ. atha kho āyasmā rādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti? “yaṃ kiñci, rādha, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ — ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. yā kāci vedanā. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ. pe. yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ — ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. evaṃ kho, rādha, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti. pe. aññataro ca panāyasmā rādho arahataṃ ahosīti. navamaṃ.

SN 22.72

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 7. arahantavaggo, 10. surādhasuttaṃ SN 22.72, para. 1 ⇒

72. sāvatthinidānaṃ. atha kho āyasmā surādho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti, vidhā samatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan”ti? “yaṃ kiñci, surādha, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ. pe. yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ — ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādāvimutto hoti. yā kāci vedanā. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ — ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādāvimutto hoti. evaṃ kho, surādha, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan”ti. pe. aññataro ca panāyasmā surādho arahataṃ ahosīti. dasamaṃ.

SN 22.80

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 8. khajjanīyavaggo, 8. piṇḍolyasuttaṃ SN 22.80, para. 8 ⇒

“tayome, bhikkhave, akusalavitakkā — kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṃsāvitakko. ime ca bhikkhave, tayo akusalavitakkā kva aparisesā nirujjhanti? catūsu vā satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittassa viharato animittaṃ vā samādhiṃ bhāvayato. yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, alameva animitto samādhi bhāvetuṃ. animitto, bhikkhave, samādhi bhāvito bahulīkato mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso.

SN 22.82

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 8. khajjanīyavaggo, 10. puṇṇamasuttaṃ SN 22.82, para. 11 ⇒

“kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti? “yaṃ kiñci, bhikkhu, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ — ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. yā kāci vedanā. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ — ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti.

SN 22.83

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 9. theravaggo, 1. ānandasuttaṃ SN 22.83, para. 3 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, āvuso ānanda, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno upādāya passeyya, no anupādāya; evameva kho, āvuso ānanda, rūpaṃ upādāya asmīti hoti, no anupādāya. vedanaṃ. saññaṃ. saṅkhāre. viññāṇaṃ upādāya asmīti hoti, no anupādāya.

SN 22.91

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 9. theravaggo, 9. rāhulasuttaṃ SN 22.91, para. 1 ⇒

91. sāvatthinidānaṃ. atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā. pe. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti?

SN 22.91

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 9. theravaggo, 9. rāhulasuttaṃ SN 22.91, para. 2 ⇒

“yaṃ kiñci, rāhula, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. yā kāci vedanā. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā. pe. sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. evaṃ kho, rāhula, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti. navamaṃ.

SN 22.92

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 9. theravaggo, 10. dutiyarāhulasuttaṃ SN 22.92, para. 1 ⇒

92. sāvatthinidānaṃ. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan”ti? “yaṃ kiñci, rāhula, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā. pe. yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti. yā kāci vedanā. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti. evaṃ kho, rāhula, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan”ti. dasamaṃ.

SN 22.124

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 12. dhammakathikavaggo, 12. kappasuttaṃ SN 22.124, para. 1 ⇒

124. sāvatthinidānaṃ. atha kho āyasmā kappo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. pe. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā kappo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti?

SN 22.124

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 12. dhammakathikavaggo, 12. kappasuttaṃ SN 22.124, para. 2 ⇒

“yaṃ kiñci, kappa, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. yā kāci vedanā. pe. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. evaṃ kho, kappa, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti. dvādasamaṃ.

SN 22.125

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 12. dhammakathikavaggo, 13. dutiyakappasuttaṃ SN 22.125, para. 1 ⇒

125. sāvatthinidānaṃ. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā kappo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan”ti?

SN 22.125

SN 3, 1. khandhasaṃyuttaṃ, 12. dhammakathikavaggo, 13. dutiyakappasuttaṃ SN 22.125, para. 2 ⇒

“yaṃ kiñci, kappa, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ. pe. sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādāvimutto hoti. yā kāci vedanā. yā kāci saññā. ye keci saṅkhārā. yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādāvimutto hoti. evaṃ kho, kappa, jānato evaṃ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan”ti. terasamaṃ.

SN 35.80

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 8. gilānavaggo, 7. dutiyāvijjāpahānasuttaṃ SN 35.80, para. 6 ⇒

“idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti — ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti. evañcetaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti — ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti. so sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya sabbanimittāni aññato passati, cakkhuṃ aññato passati, rūpe. cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. cakkhusamphassaṃ. yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aññato passati. pe. manaṃ aññato passati, dhamme. manoviññāṇaṃ. manosamphassaṃ. yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aññato passati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjatī”ti. sattamaṃ.

SN 35.95

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. saḷavaggo, 2. mālukyaputtasuttaṃ SN 35.95, para. 12 ⇒

“rūpaṃ disvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto.

SN 35.95

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. saḷavaggo, 2. mālukyaputtasuttaṃ SN 35.95, para. 17 ⇒

“saddaṃ sutvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto.

SN 35.95

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. saḷavaggo, 2. mālukyaputtasuttaṃ SN 35.95, para. 22 ⇒

“gandhaṃ ghatvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto.

SN 35.95

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. saḷavaggo, 2. mālukyaputtasuttaṃ SN 35.95, para. 27 ⇒

“rasaṃ bhotvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto.

SN 35.95

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. saḷavaggo, 2. mālukyaputtasuttaṃ SN 35.95, para. 32 ⇒

“phassaṃ phussa sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto.

SN 35.95

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. saḷavaggo, 2. mālukyaputtasuttaṃ SN 35.95, para. 37 ⇒

“dhammaṃ ñatvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto.

SN 35.95

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. saḷavaggo, 2. mālukyaputtasuttaṃ SN 35.95, para. 73 ⇒

“rūpaṃ disvā sati muṭṭhā, piyaṃ nimittaṃ manasi karoto.

SN 35.120

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 12. lokakāmaguṇavaggo, 7. sāriputtasaddhivihārikasuttaṃ SN 35.120, para. 3 ⇒

“kathañcāvuso, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. evaṃ kho, āvuso, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.

SN 35.127

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 13. gahapativaggo, 4. bhāradvājasuttaṃ SN 35.127, para. 4 ⇒

“vuttaṃ kho etaṃ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena — ‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha. cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha, mānubyañjanaggāhino. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatha. rakkhatha cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatha. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. pe. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha, mānubyañjanaggāhino. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatha. rakkhatha manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjathā’ti. ayampi kho, mahārāja, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kāḷakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā paṭhamena vayasā anikīḷitāvino kāmesu yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ caranti, addhānañca āpādentī”ti.

SN 35.235

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 18. samuddavaggo, 8. ādittapariyāyasuttaṃ SN 35.235, para. 1 ⇒

235. “ādittapariyāyaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi. taṃ suṇātha. katamo ca, bhikkhave, ādittapariyāyo, dhammapariyāyo? varaṃ, bhikkhave, tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya {sañjotibhūtāya (syā. kaṃ.)} cakkhundriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ, na tveva cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu anubyañjanaso nimittaggāho. nimittassādagathitaṃ {nimittassādagadhitaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.) ma. ni. 3.316-317} vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya, anubyañjanassādagathitaṃ vā tasmiñce samaye kālaṃ kareyya, ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya — nirayaṃ vā, tiracchānayoniṃ vā. imaṃ khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ vadāmi.

SN 35.235

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 18. samuddavaggo, 8. ādittapariyāyasuttaṃ SN 35.235, para. 2 ⇒

“varaṃ, bhikkhave, tiṇhena ayosaṅkunā ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena sotindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ, na tveva sotaviññeyyesu saddesu anubyañjanaso nimittaggāho. nimittassādagathitaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya, anubyañjanassādagathitaṃ vā tasmiñce samaye kālaṅkareyya, ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya — nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā. imaṃ khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ vadāmi.

SN 35.235

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 18. samuddavaggo, 8. ādittapariyāyasuttaṃ SN 35.235, para. 3 ⇒

“varaṃ, bhikkhave, tiṇhena nakhacchedanena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena ghānindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ, na tveva ghānaviññeyyesu gandhesu anubyañjanaso nimittaggāho. nimittassādagathitaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya, anubyañjanassādagathitaṃ vā tasmiñce samaye kālaṃ kareyya. ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya — nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā. imaṃ khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ vadāmi.

SN 35.235

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 18. samuddavaggo, 8. ādittapariyāyasuttaṃ SN 35.235, para. 4 ⇒

“varaṃ, bhikkhave, tiṇhena khurena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena jivhindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ, na tveva jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu anubyañjanaso nimittaggāho. nimittassādagathitaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya, anubyañjanassādagathitaṃ vā tasmiñce samaye kālaṃ kareyya. ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya — nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā. imaṃ khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ vadāmi.

SN 35.235

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 18. samuddavaggo, 8. ādittapariyāyasuttaṃ SN 35.235, para. 5 ⇒

“varaṃ, bhikkhave, tiṇhāya sattiyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya kāyindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ, na tveva kāyaviññeyyesu phoṭṭhabbesu anubyañjanaso nimittaggāho. nimittassādagathitaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya, anubyañjanassādagathitaṃ vā tasmiñce samaye kālaṃ kareyya. ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya — nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā. imaṃ khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ vadāmi.

SN 35.239

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 19. āsīvisavaggo, 2. rathopamasuttaṃ SN 35.239, para. 2 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti, nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ. tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ cātumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo {odhatapatodo (syā. kaṃ.), odhasatapatodo (pī.)} . tamenaṃ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiruhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā, dakkhiṇena hatthena patodaṃ gahetvā, yenicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ sāreyyapi paccāsāreyyapi. evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imesaṃ channaṃ indriyānaṃ ārakkhāya sikkhati, saṃyamāya sikkhati, damāya sikkhati, upasamāya sikkhati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.

SN 35.240

SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 19. āsīvisavaggo, 3. kummopamasuttaṃ SN 35.240, para. 2 ⇒

“evameva kho, bhikkhave, tumhepi māro pāpimā satataṃ samitaṃ paccupaṭṭhito — ‘appeva nāmāhaṃ imesaṃ cakkhuto vā otāraṃ labheyyaṃ. pe. jivhāto vā otāraṃ labheyyaṃ. pe. manato vā otāraṃ labheyyan’ti. tasmātiha, bhikkhave, indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha. cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha, mā anubyañjanaggāhino. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatha, rakkhatha cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatha. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha, mā anubyañjanaggāhino. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatha, rakkhatha manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatha. yato tumhe, bhikkhave, indriyesu guttadvārā viharissatha, atha tumhehipi māro pāpimā nibbijja pakkamissati, otāraṃ alabhamāno — kummamhāva siṅgālo”ti.

SN 40.9

SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 9. animittapañhāsuttaṃ SN 40.9, para. 1 ⇒

340. “‘animitto cetosamādhi, animitto cetosamādhī’ti vuccati. katamo nu kho animitto cetosamādhīti? tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, etadahosi — ‘idha bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati. ayaṃ vuccati animitto cetosamādhī’ti. so khvāhaṃ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharāmi. tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, iminā vihārena viharato nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hoti.

SN 40.9

SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 9. animittapañhāsuttaṃ SN 40.9, para. 2 ⇒

“atha kho maṃ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca — ‘moggallāna, moggallāna! mā, brāhmaṇa, animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ pamādo, animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi, animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittaṃ ekodiṃ karohi, animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittaṃ samādahā’ti. so khvāhaṃ, āvuso, aparena samayena sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. yañhi taṃ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya — ‘satthārānuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṃ patto’ti, mamaṃ taṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya — ‘satthārānuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṃ patto’”ti. navamaṃ.

SN 40.11

SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 11. candanasuttaṃ SN 40.11, para. 11 ⇒

animitto ca sakko ca, candanekādasena cāti.

SN 41.6

SN 4, 7. cittasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. dutiyakāmabhūsuttaṃ SN 41.6, para. 8 ⇒

sādhu. pe. uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi — “saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṃ pana, bhante, bhikkhuṃ kati phassā phusanti”? “saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṃ kho, gahapati, bhikkhuṃ tayo phassā phusanti — suññato phasso, animitto phasso, appaṇihito phasso”ti.

SN 41.7

SN 4, 7. cittasaṃyuttaṃ, 7. godattasuttaṃ SN 41.7, para. 1 ⇒

349. ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā godatto macchikāsaṇḍe viharati ambāṭakavane. atha kho citto gahapati yenāyasmā godatto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ godattaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cittaṃ gahapatiṃ āyasmā godatto etadavoca — “yā cāyaṃ, gahapati, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti, ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā udāhu ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti? “atthi, bhante, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca. atthi pana, bhante, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti.

SN 41.7

SN 4, 7. cittasaṃyuttaṃ, 7. godattasuttaṃ SN 41.7, para. 5 ⇒

“katamā ca, bhante, animittā cetovimutti? idha, bhante, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhante, animittā cetovimutti. ayaṃ kho, bhante, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca.

SN 41.7

SN 4, 7. cittasaṃyuttaṃ, 7. godattasuttaṃ SN 41.7, para. 6 ⇒

“katamo ca, bhante, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānaṃ? rāgo, bhante, pamāṇakaraṇo, doso pamāṇakaraṇo, moho pamāṇakaraṇo. te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. yāvatā kho, bhante, appamāṇā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena. rāgo kho, bhante, kiñcanaṃ, doso kiñcanaṃ, moho kiñcanaṃ. te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. yāvatā kho, bhante, ākiñcaññā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena. rāgo kho, bhante, nimittakaraṇo, doso nimittakaraṇo, moho nimittakaraṇo. te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. yāvatā kho, bhante, animittā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena. ayaṃ kho, bhante, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānan”ti. “lābhā te, gahapati, suladdhaṃ te, gahapati! yassa te gambhīre buddhavacane paññācakkhu kamatī”ti. sattamaṃ.

SN 43.4

SN 4, 9. asaṅkhatasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 4. suññatasamādhisuttaṃ SN 43.4, para. 1 ⇒

369. “katamo ca, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo? suññato samādhi, animitto samādhi, appaṇihito samādhi — ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo. pe. catutthaṃ.

SN 43.12

SN 4, 9. asaṅkhatasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 1. asaṅkhatasuttaṃ SN 43.12, para. 4 ⇒

“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo? suññato samādhi. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo. pe. katamo ca, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo? animitto samādhi. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo. pe. katamo ca, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo? appaṇihito samādhi. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo. pe.

SN 45.49

SN 5, 1. maggasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sūriyapeyyālavaggo, 1. kalyāṇamittasuttaṃ SN 45.49, para. 1 ⇒

49. sāvatthinidānaṃ. “sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — kalyāṇamittatā. kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvessati, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkarissati. kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkaroti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. pe. sammāsamādhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkarotī”ti. paṭhamaṃ.

SN 5, 1. maggasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sūriyapeyyālavaggo, 2-6. sīlasampadādisuttapañcakaṃ (SN 45.50-54), para. 1 ⇒

50-54. “sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — sīlasampadā. sīlasampannassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ. yadidaṃ — chandasampadā. yadidaṃ — attasampadā. yadidaṃ — diṭṭhisampadā. yadidaṃ — appamādasampadā. chaṭṭhaṃ.

SN 45.55

SN 5, 1. maggasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sūriyapeyyālavaggo, 7. yonisomanasikārasampadāsuttaṃ SN 45.55, para. 1 ⇒

55. “sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimmittaṃ, yadidaṃ — yonisomanasikārasampadā. yonisomanasikārasampannassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvessati, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkarissati. kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yonisomanasikārasampanno ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkaroti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. pe. sammāsamādhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yonisomanasikārasampanno ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkarotī”ti. sattamaṃ.

SN 45.56

SN 5, 1. maggasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sūriyapeyyālavaggo, 1. kalyāṇamittasuttaṃ SN 45.56, para. 1 ⇒

56. “sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — kalyāṇamittatā. kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvessati, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkarissati. kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkaroti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti rāgavinayapariyosānaṃ dosavinayapariyosānaṃ mohavinayapariyosānaṃ. pe. sammāsamādhiṃ bhāveti rāgavinayapariyosānaṃ dosavinayapariyosānaṃ mohavinayapariyosānaṃ. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkarotī”ti. paṭhamaṃ.

SN 5, 1. maggasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sūriyapeyyālavaggo, 2-6. sīlasampadādisuttapañcakaṃ (SN 45.57-61), para. 1 ⇒

57-61. “sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — sīlasampadā. pe. yadidaṃ — chandasampadā. pe. yadidaṃ — attasampadā. pe. yadidaṃ — diṭṭhisampadā. pe. yadidaṃ — appamādasampadā. pe. chaṭṭhaṃ.

SN 46.2

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. pabbatavaggo, 2. kāyasuttaṃ SN 46.2, para. 2 ⇒

“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave, subhanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro — ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

SN 46.2

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. pabbatavaggo, 2. kāyasuttaṃ SN 46.2, para. 3 ⇒

“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā byāpādassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave, paṭighanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro — ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā byāpādassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

SN 46.2

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. pabbatavaggo, 2. kāyasuttaṃ SN 46.2, para. 14 ⇒

“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūriyā? atthi, bhikkhave, samathanimittaṃ {samādhinimittaṃ (syā.)} abyagganimittaṃ. tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro — ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūriyā.

SN 46.12

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. gilānavaggo, 2. paṭhamasūriyūpamasuttaṃ SN 46.12, para. 1 ⇒

193. “sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ uppādāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — kalyāṇamittatā. kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — satta bojjhaṅge bhāvessati, satta bojjhaṅge bahulīkarissati.

SN 46.13

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. gilānavaggo, 3. dutiyasūriyūpamasuttaṃ SN 46.13, para. 1 ⇒

194. “sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ uppādāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — yonisomanasikāro. yonisomanasikārasampannassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — satta bojjhaṅge bhāvessati, satta bojjhaṅge bahulīkarissati.

SN 46.48

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 5. cakkavattivaggo, 8. ādiccasuttaṃ SN 46.48, para. 1 ⇒

229. “ādiccassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ. evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ uppādāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — kalyāṇamittatā. kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — satta bojjhaṅge bhāvessati, satta bojjhaṅge bahulīkarissati. kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto satta bojjhaṅge bhāveti, satta bojjhaṅge bahulīkaroti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ. pe. upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto satta bojjhaṅge bhāveti, satta bojjhaṅge bahulīkarotī”ti. aṭṭhamaṃ.

SN 46.51

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 1. āhārasuttaṃ SN 46.51, para. 1 ⇒

232. sāvatthinidānaṃ. “pañcannañca, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇānaṃ sattannañca bojjhaṅgānaṃ āhārañca anāhārañca desessāmi; taṃ suṇātha. ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave, subhanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro — ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

SN 46.51

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 1. āhārasuttaṃ SN 46.51, para. 2 ⇒

SN 46.51

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 1. āhārasuttaṃ SN 46.51, para. 11 ⇒

“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūriyā? atthi, bhikkhave, samathanimittaṃ abyagganimittaṃ. tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro — ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūriyā.

SN 46.51

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 1. āhārasuttaṃ SN 46.51, para. 13 ⇒

“ko ca, bhikkhave, anāhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave, asubhanimittaṃ. tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro — ayamanāhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

SN 46.51

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 1. āhārasuttaṃ SN 46.51, para. 23 ⇒

“ko ca, bhikkhave, anāhāro anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūriyā? atthi, bhikkhave, samathanimittaṃ abyagganimittaṃ. tattha amanasikārabahulīkāro — ayamanāhāro anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūriyā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 4 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto saṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ na jāneyya na passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 6 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto pakkuthito {pakkudhito (ka.), ukkaṭṭhito (sī.), ukkuṭṭhito (syā.)} usmudakajāto {ussadakajāto (sī.), usmādakajāto (syā.)} . tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ na jāneyya na passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 8 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto sevālapaṇakapariyonaddho. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ na jāneyya na passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 10 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto vāterito calito bhanto ūmijāto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ na jāneyya na passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 12 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto āvilo luḷito kalalībhūto andhakāre nikkhitto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ na jāneyya na passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yenekadā dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 14 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto asaṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ jāneyya passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. pe.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 16 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto na agginā santatto na pakkuthito na usmudakajāto, tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ jāneyya passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi. dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 18 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto na sevālapaṇakapariyonaddho. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ jāneyya passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi. dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 20 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto na vāterito na calito na bhanto na ūmijāto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ jāneyya passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi. dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā.

SN 46.55

SN 5, 2. bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. sākacchavaggo, 5. saṅgāravasuttaṃ SN 46.55, para. 22 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto accho vippasanno anāvilo āloke nikkhitto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ jāneyya passeyya. evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati; dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yenekadā dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā.

SN 47.8

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 8. sūdasuttaṃ SN 47.8, para. 2 ⇒

“sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti — ‘idaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati, imassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. ambilaggaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, ambilaggassa vā abhiharati, ambilaggassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, ambilaggassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. tittakaggaṃ vā me ajja. kaṭukaggaṃ vā me ajja. madhuraggaṃ vā me ajja. khārikaṃ vā me ajja. akhārikaṃ vā me ajja. loṇikaṃ vā me ajja. aloṇikaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, aloṇikassa vā abhiharati, aloṇikassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, aloṇikassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’”ti.

SN 47.8

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 8. sūdasuttaṃ SN 47.8, para. 3 ⇒

“sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo na ceva lābhī hoti acchādanassa, na lābhī vetanassa, na lābhī abhihārānaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? tathā hi so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti. evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bālo abyatto akusalo bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. tassa kāye kāyānupassino viharato cittaṃ na samādhiyati, upakkilesā na pahīyanti. so taṃ nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti. vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. pe. citte cittānupassī viharati. pe. dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. tassa dhammesu dhammānupassino viharato cittaṃ na samādhiyati, upakkilesā na pahīyanti. so taṃ nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti.

SN 47.8

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 8. sūdasuttaṃ SN 47.8, para. 4 ⇒

“sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo bhikkhu na ceva lābhī hoti diṭṭheva dhamme sukhavihārānaṃ, na lābhī satisampajaññassa. taṃ kissa hetu? tathā hi so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo bhikkhu sakassa cittassa nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti.

SN 47.8

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 8. sūdasuttaṃ SN 47.8, para. 6 ⇒

“sa kho so, bhikkhave, paṇḍito byatto kusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti — ‘idaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati, imassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. ambilaggaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, ambilaggassa vā abhiharati, ambilaggassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, ambilaggassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. tittakaggaṃ vā me ajja. kaṭukaggaṃ vā me ajja. madhuraggaṃ vā me ajja. khārikaṃ vā me ajja. akhārikaṃ vā me ajja. loṇikaṃ vā me ajja. aloṇikaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, aloṇikassa vā abhiharati, aloṇikassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, aloṇikassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’”ti.

SN 47.8

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 8. sūdasuttaṃ SN 47.8, para. 7 ⇒

“sa kho so, bhikkhave, paṇḍito byatto kusalo sūdo lābhī ceva hoti acchādanassa, lābhī vetanassa, lābhī abhihārānaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? tathā hi so, bhikkhave, paṇḍito byatto kusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti. evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco paṇḍito byatto kusalo bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. tassa kāye kāyānupassino viharato cittaṃ samādhiyati, upakkilesā pahīyanti. so taṃ nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti. vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. pe. citte cittānupassī viharati. pe. dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. tassa dhammesu dhammānupassino viharato cittaṃ samādhiyati, upakkilesā pahīyanti. so taṃ nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti.

SN 47.8

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 8. sūdasuttaṃ SN 47.8, para. 8 ⇒

“sa kho so, bhikkhave, paṇḍito byatto kusalo bhikkhu lābhī ceva hoti diṭṭheva dhamme sukhavihārānaṃ, lābhī hoti satisampajaññassa. taṃ kissa hetu? tathā hi so, bhikkhave, paṇḍito byatto kusalo bhikkhu sakassa cittassa nimittaṃ uggaṇhātī”ti. aṭṭhamaṃ.

SN 47.9

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 9. gilānasuttaṃ SN 47.9, para. 5 ⇒

“yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro {phāsutaraṃ (sabbattha)}, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti {tathāgatassa hoti (bahūsu)} . tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā.

SN 47.10

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 10. bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ SN 47.10, para. 6 ⇒

“katamesu catūsu? idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. tassa kāye kāyānupassino viharato kāyārammaṇo vā uppajjati kāyasmiṃ pariḷāho, cetaso vā līnattaṃ, bahiddhā vā cittaṃ vikkhipati. tenānanda {tenahānanda (sī.)}, bhikkhunā kismiñcideva pasādanīye nimitte cittaṃ paṇidahitabbaṃ. tassa kismiñcideva pasādanīye nimitte cittaṃ paṇidahato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. pamuditassa pīti jāyati. pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedayati {vediyati (sī.)} . sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati — ‘yassa khvāhaṃ atthāya cittaṃ paṇidahiṃ, so me attho abhinipphanno. handa, dāni paṭisaṃharāmī’ti. so paṭisaṃharati ceva na ca vitakketi na ca vicāreti. ‘avitakkomhi avicāro, ajjhattaṃ satimā sukhamasmī’ti pajānāti”.

SN 47.10

SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 10. bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ SN 47.10, para. 7 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu vedanāsu. pe. citte. pe. dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. tassa dhammesu dhammānupassino viharato dhammārammaṇo vā uppajjati kāyasmiṃ pariḷāho, cetaso vā līnattaṃ, bahiddhā vā cittaṃ vikkhipati. tenānanda, bhikkhunā kismiñcideva pasādanīye nimitte cittaṃ paṇidahitabbaṃ. tassa kismiñcideva pasādanīye nimitte cittaṃ paṇidahato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. pamuditassa pīti jāyati. pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedayati. sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati — ‘yassa khvāhaṃ atthāya cittaṃ paṇidahiṃ, so me attho abhinipphanno. handa, dāni paṭisaṃharāmī’ti. so paṭisaṃharati ceva na ca vitakketi na ca vicāreti. ‘avitakkomhi avicāro, ajjhattaṃ satimā sukhamasmī’ti pajānāti. evaṃ kho, ānanda, paṇidhāya bhāvanā hoti.

SN 48.40

SN 5, 4. indriyasaṃyuttaṃ, 4. sukhindriyavaggo, 10. uppaṭipāṭikasuttaṃ SN 48.40, para. 1 ⇒

510. “pañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni. katamāni pañca? dukkhindriyaṃ, domanassindriyaṃ, sukhindriyaṃ, somanassindriyaṃ, upekkhindriyaṃ. idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati dukkhindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti — ‘uppannaṃ kho me idaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ, tañca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaṅkhāraṃ sappaccayaṃ. tañca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaṅkhāraṃ appaccayaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ uppajjissatīti — netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. so dukkhindriyañca pajānāti, dukkhindriyasamudayañca pajānāti, dukkhindriyanirodhañca pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, ettha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi dukkhindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya cittaṃ upasaṃharati”’.

SN 48.40

SN 5, 4. indriyasaṃyuttaṃ, 4. sukhindriyavaggo, 10. uppaṭipāṭikasuttaṃ SN 48.40, para. 2 ⇒

“idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati domanassindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti — ‘uppannaṃ kho me idaṃ domanassindriyaṃ, tañca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaṅkhāraṃ sappaccayaṃ. tañca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaṅkhāraṃ appaccayaṃ domanassindriyaṃ uppajjissatīti — netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. so domanassindriyañca pajānāti, domanassindriyasamudayañca pajānāti, domanassindriyanirodhañca pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ domanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ domanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, ettha cuppannaṃ domanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi domanassindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya cittaṃ upasaṃharati”’.

SN 48.40

SN 5, 4. indriyasaṃyuttaṃ, 4. sukhindriyavaggo, 10. uppaṭipāṭikasuttaṃ SN 48.40, para. 3 ⇒

“idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti — ‘uppannaṃ kho me idaṃ sukhindriyaṃ, tañca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaṅkhāraṃ sappaccayaṃ. tañca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaṅkhāraṃ appaccayaṃ sukhindriyaṃ uppajjissatīti — netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. so sukhindriyañca pajānāti, sukhindriyasamudayañca pajānāti, sukhindriyanirodhañca pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ sukhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ sukhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, ettha cuppannaṃ sukhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi sukhindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya cittaṃ upasaṃharati”’.

SN 48.40

SN 5, 4. indriyasaṃyuttaṃ, 4. sukhindriyavaggo, 10. uppaṭipāṭikasuttaṃ SN 48.40, para. 4 ⇒

“idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati somanassindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti — ‘uppannaṃ kho me idaṃ somanassindriyaṃ, tañca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaṅkhāraṃ sappaccayaṃ. tañca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaṅkhāraṃ appaccayaṃ somanassindriyaṃ uppajjissatīti — netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. so somanassindriyañca pajānāti, somanassindriyasamudayañca pajānāti, somanassindriyanirodhañca pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, ettha cuppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi somanassindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya cittaṃ upasaṃharati”’.

SN 48.40

SN 5, 4. indriyasaṃyuttaṃ, 4. sukhindriyavaggo, 10. uppaṭipāṭikasuttaṃ SN 48.40, para. 5 ⇒

“idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati upekkhindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti — ‘uppannaṃ kho me idaṃ upekkhindriyaṃ, tañca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaṅkhāraṃ sappaccayaṃ. tañca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaṅkhāraṃ appaccayaṃ upekkhindriyaṃ uppajjissatīti — netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. so upekkhindriyañca pajānāti, upekkhindriyasamudayañca pajānāti, upekkhindriyanirodhañca pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ upekkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ upekkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ettha cuppannaṃ upekkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi upekkhindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya cittaṃ upasaṃharatī’”ti. dasamaṃ.

SN 51.10

SN 5, 7. iddhipādasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. cāpālavaggo, 10. cetiyasuttaṃ SN 51.10, para. 3 ⇒

evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci — “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ {sugato kappāvasesaṃ (pī. ka.) dī. ni. 2.167} bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.

SN 51.10

SN 5, 7. iddhipādasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. cāpālavaggo, 10. cetiyasuttaṃ SN 51.10, para. 5 ⇒

evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci — “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.

SN 51.20

SN 5, 7. iddhipādasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. pāsādakampanavaggo, 10. vibhaṅgasuttaṃ SN 51.20, para. 9 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, yathā rattiṃ tathā divā viharati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi divā chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, so tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi rattiṃ chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti; yehi vā pana ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi rattiṃ chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, so tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi divā chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, yathā rattiṃ tathā divā viharati.

SN 56.37

SN 5, 12. saccasaṃyuttaṃ, 4. sīsapāvanavaggo, 7. paṭhamasūriyasuttaṃ SN 56.37, para. 1 ⇒

1107. “sūriyassa {suriyassa (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)}, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ. evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ abhisamayāya etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — sammādiṭṭhi. tassetaṃ bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānissati. pe. ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānissati.

AN

AN 1, 2. nīvaraṇappahānavaggo (AN 1.11-20), para. 1 ⇒

11. “nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā kāmacchando uppajjati uppanno vā kāmacchando bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, subhanimittaṃ. subhanimittaṃ, bhikkhave, ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva kāmacchando uppajjati uppanno ca kāmacchando bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. paṭhamaṃ.

AN 1, 2. nīvaraṇappahānavaggo (AN 1.11-20), para. 2 ⇒

12. “nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā byāpādo uppajjati uppanno vā byāpādo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭighanimittaṃ. paṭighanimittaṃ, bhikkhave, ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva byāpādo uppajjati uppanno ca byāpādo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī”ti. dutiyaṃ.

AN 1, 2. nīvaraṇappahānavaggo (AN 1.11-20), para. 6 ⇒

16. “nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā kāmacchando nuppajjati uppanno vā kāmacchando pahīyati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asubhanimittaṃ. asubhanimittaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva kāmacchando nuppajjati uppanno ca kāmacchando pahīyatī”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.

AN 2, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (8) 3. sanimittavaggo (AN 2.78-87), para. 1 ⇒

78. “sanimittā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, no animittā. tasseva nimittassa pahānā evaṃ te pāpakā akusalā dhammā na hontī”ti.

AN 2, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (8) 3. sanimittavaggo (AN 2.78-87), para. 11 ⇒

sanimittavaggo tatiyo.

AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (11) 1. āsāduppajahavaggo (AN 2.119-130), para. 6 ⇒

124. “dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā rāgassa uppādāya. katame dve? subhanimittañca ayoniso ca manasikāro. ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā rāgassa uppādāyā”ti.

AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (11) 1. āsāduppajahavaggo (AN 2.119-130), para. 7 ⇒

125. “dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā dosassa uppādāya. katame dve? paṭighanimittañca ayoniso ca manasikāro. ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā dosassa uppādāyā”ti.

AN 3.3

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bālavaggo, 3. cintīsuttaṃ AN 3.3, para. 1 ⇒

3. “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni. katamāni tīṇi? idha, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca hoti dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca. no cedaṃ {no cetaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)}, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca abhavissa dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca, kena naṃ paṇḍitā jāneyyuṃ {tena naṃ paṇḍitā na jāneyyuṃ (ka.), na naṃ paṇḍitā jāneyyuṃ (?)} — ‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’ti? yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca hoti dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca tasmā naṃ paṇḍitā jānanti — ‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’ti. imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni.

AN 3.3

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bālavaggo, 3. cintīsuttaṃ AN 3.3, para. 2 ⇒

“tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānāni. katamāni tīṇi? idha, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca hoti subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca. no cedaṃ, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca abhavissa subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca, kena naṃ paṇḍitā jāneyyuṃ — ‘paṇḍito ayaṃ bhavaṃ sappuriso’ti? yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, paṇḍito sucintitacintī ca hoti subhāsitabhāsī ca sukatakammakārī ca tasmā naṃ paṇḍitā jānanti — ‘paṇḍito ayaṃ bhavaṃ sappuriso’ti. imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānāni. tasmātiha. tatiyaṃ.

AN 3.16

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 2. rathakāravaggo, 6. apaṇṇakasuttaṃ AN 3.16, para. 2 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ {yatvādhikaraṇametaṃ (sī.)} cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.

AN 3.19

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 2. rathakāravaggo, 9. paṭhamapāpaṇikasuttaṃ AN 3.19, para. 2 ⇒

“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṃ na sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ.

AN 3.19

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 2. rathakāravaggo, 9. paṭhamapāpaṇikasuttaṃ AN 3.19, para. 4 ⇒

“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anadhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṃ. pe. sāyanhasamayaṃ sakkaccaṃ samādhinimittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anadhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā kusalaṃ dhammaṃ phātiṃ kātun”ti. navamaṃ.

AN 3.32

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devadūtavaggo, 2. ānandasuttaṃ AN 3.32, para. 2 ⇒

“siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu; yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti? “siyā, ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu; yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti.

AN 3.32

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devadūtavaggo, 2. ānandasuttaṃ AN 3.32, para. 3 ⇒

“yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu; yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti?

AN 3.32

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devadūtavaggo, 2. ānandasuttaṃ AN 3.32, para. 4 ⇒

“idhānanda, bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti — ‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti. evaṃ kho, ānanda, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu; yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti.

AN 3.33

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devadūtavaggo, 3. sāriputtasuttaṃ AN 3.33, para. 2 ⇒

“tasmātiha, sāriputta, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ — ‘imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na bhavissanti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na bhavissanti, yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharissāmā’ti. evañhi kho, sāriputta, sikkhitabbaṃ.

AN 3.33

AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devadūtavaggo, 3. sāriputtasuttaṃ AN 3.33, para. 3 ⇒

“yato ca kho, sāriputta, bhikkhuno imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti, yañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ upasampajja viharati; ayaṃ vuccati, sāriputta — ‘bhikkhu acchecchi {acchejji (syā. kaṃ. ka.)} taṇhaṃ, vivattayi {vāvattayi (sī. pī.)} saṃyojanaṃ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa’. idañca pana metaṃ, sāriputta, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane {pārāyaṇe (sī.)} udayapañhe —

AN 3.61

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 10. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 3.61, para. 9 ⇒

“katamañca, brāhmaṇa, ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ? idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco nimittena ādisati — ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. so bahuṃ cepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā.

AN 3.61

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 10. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 3.61, para. 10 ⇒

“idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, api ca kho manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati — ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. so bahuṃ cepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā.

AN 3.61

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 10. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 3.61, para. 11 ⇒

“idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati napi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati, api ca kho vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati — ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti. so bahuṃ cepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā.

AN 3.61

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 10. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 3.61, para. 12 ⇒

“idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, napi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati, napi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati, api ca kho avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhiṃ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti — ‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā imassa cittassa anantarā amuṃ nāma vitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’ti. so bahuṃ cepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. idaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ.

AN 3.61

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 10. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 3.61, para. 15 ⇒

“yampidaṃ, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ idhekacco nimittena ādisati — ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti, so bahuṃ cepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. idha pana, bho gotama, ekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, api ca kho manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati. pe. napi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati, api ca kho vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati. pe. napi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati, api ca kho avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhiṃ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti — ‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā imassa cittassa anantarā amhaṃ nāma vitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’ti, so bahuṃ cepi ādisati tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. idampi, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ yova naṃ karoti sova naṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, yova naṃ karoti tasseva taṃ hoti. idampi me, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṃ māyāsahadhammarūpaṃ viya khāyati.

AN 3.69

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. mahāvaggo, 8. aññatitthiyasuttaṃ AN 3.69, para. 3 ⇒

“‘ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno vā rāgo uppajjati uppanno vā rāgo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī’ti? ‘subhanimittantissa vacanīyaṃ. tassa subhanimittaṃ ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno vā rāgo uppajjati uppanno vā rāgo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati. ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena anuppanno vā rāgo uppajjati uppanno vā rāgo bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī’”ti.

AN 3.69

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. mahāvaggo, 8. aññatitthiyasuttaṃ AN 3.69, para. 4 ⇒

“‘ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno vā doso uppajjati uppanno vā doso bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī’ti? ‘paṭighanimittaṃ tissa vacanīyaṃ. tassa paṭighanimittaṃ ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno vā doso uppajjati uppanno vā doso bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati. ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena anuppanno vā doso uppajjati uppanno vā doso bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī’”ti.

AN 3.69

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. mahāvaggo, 8. aññatitthiyasuttaṃ AN 3.69, para. 6 ⇒

“‘ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’ti? ‘asubhanimittantissa vacanīyaṃ. tassa asubhanimittaṃ yoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyati. ayaṃ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’”ti.

AN 3.103

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 11. nimittasuttaṃ AN 3.103, para. 1 ⇒

103. “adhicittamanuyuttena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tīṇi nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasi kātabbāni — kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ. sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ samādhinimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ kosajjāya saṃvatteyya. sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ paggahanimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatteyya. sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ upekkhānimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ na sammā samādhiyeyya āsavānaṃ khayāya. yato ca kho, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi karoti, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasi karoti, kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi karoti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ muduñca kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya.

AN 3.103

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 11. nimittasuttaṃ AN 3.103, para. 3 ⇒

“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyuttena bhikkhunā tīṇi nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasi kātabbāni — kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ. sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ samādhinimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ kosajjāya saṃvatteyya. sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ paggahanimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatteyya. sace, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ upekkhānimittaṃyeva manasi kareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ na sammā samādhiyeyya āsavānaṃ khayāya. yato ca kho, bhikkhave, adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi karoti, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasi karoti, kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi karoti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ muduñca kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. yassa yassa ca abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane.

AN 3.103

AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 11. nimittasuttaṃ AN 3.103, para. 8 ⇒

ājānīyā potthako ca, loṇaṃ dhovati nimittānīti.

AN 3.184

AN 3, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (18) 8. rāgapeyyālaṃ AN 3.184, para. 1 ⇒

184. “rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. katame tayo? suññato samādhi, animitto samādhi, appaṇihito samādhi — rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. ( ) {(rāgassa bhikkhave abhiññāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. katame tayo? savitakkasavicāro samādhi, avitakkavicāramatto samādhi, avitakkāvicāro samādhi. rāgassa bhikkhave abhiññāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā.) etthantare pāṭho katthaci dissati, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ passitabbo}

AN 3.184

AN 3, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (18) 8. rāgapeyyālaṃ AN 3.184, para. 14 ⇒

suññato animitto ca, appaṇihito ca tayo.

AN 4.8

AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 8. vesārajjasuttaṃ AN 4.8, para. 1 ⇒

8. “cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa vesārajjāni, yehi vesārajjehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavatteti. katamāni cattāri? ‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’ti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ {etampahaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)}, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

AN 4.8

AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 8. vesārajjasuttaṃ AN 4.8, para. 2 ⇒

“‘khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇā’ti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

AN 4.8

AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 8. vesārajjasuttaṃ AN 4.8, para. 3 ⇒

“‘ye kho pana te antarāyikā dhammā vuttā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

AN 4.8

AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 8. vesārajjasuttaṃ AN 4.8, para. 4 ⇒

“‘yassa kho pana te atthāya dhammo desito so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri tathāgatassa vesārajjāni, yehi vesārajjehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavattetī”ti.

AN 4.14

AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 2. caravaggo, 4. saṃvarasuttaṃ AN 4.14, para. 1 ⇒

14. “cattārimāni, bhikkhave, padhānāni. katamāni cattāri? saṃvarappadhānaṃ, pahānappadhānaṃ, bhāvanāppadhānaṃ, anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ. katamañca, bhikkhave, saṃvarappadhānaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī, yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saṃvarappadhānaṃ.

AN 4.14

AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 2. caravaggo, 4. saṃvarasuttaṃ AN 4.14, para. 4 ⇒

“katamañca, bhikkhave, anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ bhaddakaṃ samādhinimittaṃ anurakkhati aṭṭhikasaññaṃ puḷavakasaññaṃ vinīlakasaññaṃ vicchiddakasaññaṃ uddhumātakasaññaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, anurakkhaṇāppadhānaṃ. imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri padhānānī”ti.

AN 4.37

AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. cakkavaggo, 7. aparihāniyasuttaṃ AN 4.37, para. 3 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti.

AN 4.164

AN 4, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (17) 2. paṭipadāvaggo, 4. paṭhamakhamasuttaṃ AN 4.164, para. 3 ⇒

“katamā ca, bhikkhave, damā paṭipadā? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, damā paṭipadā.

AN 4.165

AN 4, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (17) 2. paṭipadāvaggo, 5. dutiyakhamasuttaṃ AN 4.165, para. 4 ⇒

“katamā ca, bhikkhave, damā paṭipadā? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti. pe. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, damā paṭipadā.

AN 4.198

AN 4, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. mahāvaggo, 8. attantapasuttaṃ AN 4.198, para. 11 ⇒

“so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

AN 5.26

AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. pañcaṅgikavaggo, 6. vimuttāyatanasuttaṃ AN 5.26, para. 6 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati; api ca khvassa aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. pamuditassa pīti jāyati. pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti. sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.

AN 5.28

AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. pañcaṅgikavaggo, 8. pañcaṅgikasuttaṃ AN 5.28, para. 6 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, aññova aññaṃ {añño vā aññaṃ vā (sī.), añño vā aññaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), añño aññaṃ (?)} paccavekkheyya, ṭhito vā nisinnaṃ paccavekkheyya, nisinno vā nipannaṃ paccavekkheyya. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. ariyassa, bhikkhave, pañcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ pañcamā {pañcamī (sī.)} bhāvanā. evaṃ bhāvite kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu {evaṃ bhāvite kho bhikkhave (sī.)} ariye pañcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

AN 5.30

AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. pañcaṅgikavaggo, 10. nāgitasuttaṃ AN 5.30, para. 4 ⇒

“māhaṃ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. so taṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyya. asitapītakhāyitasāyitassa kho, nāgita, uccārapassāvo — eso tassa nissando. piyānaṃ kho, nāgita, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā — eso tassa nissando. asubhanimittānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa kho, nāgita, subhanimitte pāṭikulyatā {paṭikkūlatā (sī.), paṭikkūlyatā (syā. kaṃ.)} saṇṭhāti — eso tassa nissando. chasu kho, nāgita, phassāyatanesu aniccānupassino viharato phasse pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti — eso tassa nissando. pañcasu kho, nāgita, upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato upādāne pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti — eso tassa nissando”ti. dasamaṃ.

AN 5.76

AN 5, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (8) 3. yodhājīvavaggo, 6. dutiyayodhājīvasuttaṃ AN 5.76, para. 18 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. so pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṃvutehi indriyehi. so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. so araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. so abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya. pe. so ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kāmehi. pe. catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.

AN 5.80

AN 5, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (8) 3. yodhājīvavaggo, 10. catutthānāgatabhayasuttaṃ AN 5.80, para. 6 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ ārāmikasamaṇuddesehi saṃsaṭṭhā viharissanti. ārāmikasamaṇuddesehi saṃsagge kho pana, bhikkhave, sati etaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ — ‘anekavihitaṃ sannidhikāraparibhogaṃ anuyuttā viharissanti, oḷārikampi nimittaṃ karissanti, pathaviyāpi haritaggepi’. idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

AN 5.83

AN 5, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (9) 4. theravaggo, 3. kuhakasuttaṃ AN 5.83, para. 1 ⇒

83. “pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. katamehi pañcahi? kuhako ca hoti, lapako ca, nemittiko {nimittiko (syā. kaṃ.), nimittako (ka.)} ca, nippesiko ca, lābhena ca lābhaṃ nijigīsitā {nijigiṃsitā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)} — imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

AN 5.140

AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. rājavaggo, 10. sotasuttaṃ AN 5.140, para. 11 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rakkhitā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rakkhitā hoti.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 2 ⇒

“yasmiṃ, brāhmaṇa, samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto saṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 3 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto ukkudhito {ukkaṭṭhito (sī. pī.), ukkuṭṭhito (syā. kaṃ.)} ussadakajāto {usumakajāto (katthaci), ussurakajāto (ka.), usmudakajāto (ma. ni. 3 majjhimanikāye)} . tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 4 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto sevālapaṇakapariyonaddho. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 5 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto vāterito calito bhanto ūmijāto {ummijāto (pī.)} . tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 6 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena 3.0260, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto āvilo luḷito kalalībhūto andhakāre nikkhitto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 7 ⇒

“yasmiñca kho, brāhmaṇa, samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto asaṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. pe. .

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 8 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. pe. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā asantatto anukkudhito anussadakajāto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. pe.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 9 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. pe. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto na sevālapaṇakapariyonaddho. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. pe.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 10 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. pe. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto na vāterito na calito na bhanto na ūmijāto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. pe.

AN 5.193

AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 3. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 5.193, para. 11 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto accho vippasanno anāvilo āloke nikkhitto. tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, paratthampi. pe. ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā.

AN 6.13

AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 2. sāraṇīyavaggo, 3. nissāraṇīyasuttaṃ AN 6.13, para. 5 ⇒

“idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya — ‘animittā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā; atha ca pana me nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hotī’ti. so ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo — ‘māyasmā, evaṃ avaca; mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. aṭṭhānametaṃ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṃ animittāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya; atha ca panassa nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ bhavissati, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṃ yadidaṃ animittācetovimuttī’””ti.

AN 6.27

AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. anuttariyavaggo, 7. paṭhamasamayasuttaṃ AN 6.27, para. 7 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, yasmiṃ samaye bhikkhu yaṃ nimittaṃ āgamma yaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti taṃ nimittaṃ nappajānāti tasmiṃ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo — ‘ahaṃ kho, āvuso, yaṃ nimittaṃ āgamma yaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, taṃ nimittaṃ nappajānāmi. sādhu vata me, āyasmā, āsavānaṃ khayāya dhammaṃ desetū’ti. tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayāya dhammaṃ deseti. ayaṃ, bhikkhu, chaṭṭho samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. ime kho, bhikkhu, cha samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. sattamaṃ.

AN 6.28

AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. anuttariyavaggo, 8. dutiyasamayasuttaṃ AN 6.28, para. 4 ⇒

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca — “na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. yasmiṃ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṃ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṃ manasikataṃ hoti tadevassa tasmiṃ samaye samudācarati. tasmā so asamayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. yasmiṃ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.

AN 6.28

AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. anuttariyavaggo, 8. dutiyasamayasuttaṃ AN 6.28, para. 8 ⇒

“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, yasmiṃ samaye bhikkhu byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. pe. thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati. yaṃ nimittaṃ āgamma yaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, taṃ nimittaṃ na jānāti na passati, tasmiṃ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo — ‘ahaṃ kho, āvuso, yaṃ nimittaṃ āgamma yaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti taṃ nimittaṃ na jānāmi na passāmi. sādhu vata me āyasmā āsavānaṃ khayāya dhammaṃ desetū’ti. tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayāya dhammaṃ deseti. ayaṃ, bhikkhu, chaṭṭho samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ.

AN 6.55

AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 1. soṇasuttaṃ AN 6.55, para. 7 ⇒

“evamevaṃ kho, soṇa, accāraddhavīriyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati, atisithilavīriyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. tasmātiha tvaṃ, soṇa, vīriyasamathaṃ adhiṭṭhahaṃ, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjha, tattha ca nimittaṃ gaṇhāhī”ti. “evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paccassosi. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā — seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evamevaṃ kho — sītavane antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi.

AN 6.55

AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 1. soṇasuttaṃ AN 6.55, para. 8 ⇒

atha kho āyasmā soṇo aparena samayena vīriyasamathaṃ adhiṭṭhāsi, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjhi, tattha ca nimittaṃ aggahesi. atha kho āyasmā soṇo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva — yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anāgāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ — brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. “khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi. aññataro ca panāyasmā soṇo arahataṃ ahosi.

AN 6.60

AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 6. hatthisāriputtasuttaṃ AN 6.60, para. 8 ⇒

“idha, panāvuso, ekacco puggalo sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati. so ‘lābhimhi animittassa cetosamādhissā’ti saṃsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. tassa saṃsaṭṭhassa vissatthassa pākatassa bhassamanuyuttassa viharato rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. so rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. seyyathāpi, āvuso, rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā caturaṅginiyā senāya addhānamaggappaṭipanno aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe ekarattiṃ vāsaṃ upagaccheyya. tatra {tattha (sī. pī.)} hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena pattisaddena bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddena cīrikasaddo {ciriḷikāsaddo (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)} antaradhāyeyya {antaradhāpeyya (syā. pī. ka.)} . yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṃ vadeyya — ‘na dāni amusmiṃ vanasaṇḍe punadeva cīrikasaddo pātubhavissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti? “no hidaṃ, āvuso”. “ṭhānañhetaṃ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṃ so rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā tamhā vanasaṇḍā pakkameyya, atha punadeva cīrikasaddo pātubhaveyyāti. evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati. so ‘lābhimhi animittassa cetosamādhissā’ti saṃsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. tassa saṃsaṭṭhassa vissatthassa pākatassa bhassamanuyuttassa viharato rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. so rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattatī”ti.

AN 6.68

AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 7. devatāvaggo, 4. saṅgaṇikārāmasuttaṃ AN 6.68, para. 1 ⇒

68. “‘so vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅgaṇikārāmo saṅgaṇikarato saṅgaṇikārāmataṃ anuyutto, gaṇārāmo gaṇarato gaṇārāmataṃ anuyutto, eko paviveke abhiramissatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘eko paviveke anabhiramanto cittassa nimittaṃ gahessatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘cittassa nimittaṃ agaṇhanto sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘sammādiṭṭhiṃ aparipūretvā sammāsamādhiṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘sammāsamādhiṃ aparipūretvā saṃyojanāni pajahissatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘saṃyojanāni appahāya nibbānaṃ sacchikarissatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

AN 6.68

AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 7. devatāvaggo, 4. saṅgaṇikārāmasuttaṃ AN 6.68, para. 2 ⇒

“‘so vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na saṅgaṇikārāmo na saṅgaṇikarato na saṅgaṇikārāmataṃ anuyutto, na gaṇārāmo na gaṇarato na gaṇārāmataṃ anuyutto, eko paviveke abhiramissatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘eko paviveke abhiramanto cittassa nimittaṃ gahessatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘cittassa nimittaṃ gaṇhanto sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūretvā sammāsamādhiṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘sammāsamādhiṃ paripūretvā saṃyojanāni pajahissatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘saṃyojanāni pahāya nibbānaṃ sacchikarissatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī”ti. catutthaṃ.

AN 7.38

AN 7, paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devatāvaggo, 7. paṭhamapaṭisambhidāsuttaṃ AN 7.38, para. 1 ⇒

38. “sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya. katamehi sattahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ me cetaso līnattan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ajjhattaṃ saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘ajjhattaṃ me saṃkhittaṃ cittan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; bahiddhā vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘bahiddhā me vikkhittaṃ cittan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; tassa viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; viditā saññā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; viditā vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; sappāyāsappāyesu kho panassa dhammesu hīnappaṇītesu kaṇhasukkasappatibhāgesu nimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā”ti. sattamaṃ.

AN 7.39

AN 7, paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devatāvaggo, 8. dutiyapaṭisambhidāsuttaṃ AN 7.39, para. 1 ⇒

39. “sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. katamehi sattahi? idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto ‘idaṃ me cetaso līnattan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ajjhattaṃ saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘ajjhattaṃ me saṃkhittaṃ cittan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; bahiddhā vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘bahiddhā me vikkhittaṃ cittan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; tassa viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; viditā saññā. pe. vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; sappāyāsappāyesu kho panassa dhammesu hīnappaṇītesu kaṇhasukkasappatibhāgesu nimittaṃ suggahitaṃ sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. aṭṭhamaṃ.

AN 7.49

AN 7, paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. mahāyaññavaggo, 6. dutiyasaññāsuttaṃ AN 7.49, para. 14 ⇒

“‘dukkhe anattasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṃ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttaṃ.

AN 7.49

AN 7, paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. mahāyaññavaggo, 6. dutiyasaññāsuttaṃ AN 7.49, para. 15 ⇒

“sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṃ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu na ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttaṃ. veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘abhāvitā me dukkhe anattasaññā, natthi me pubbenāparaṃ viseso, appattaṃ me bhāvanābalan’ti. itiha tattha sampajāno hoti.

AN 7.49

AN 7, paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. mahāyaññavaggo, 6. dutiyasaññāsuttaṃ AN 7.49, para. 16 ⇒

“sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṃ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttaṃ. veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘subhāvitā me dukkhe anattasaññā, atthi me pubbenāparaṃ viseso, pattaṃ me bhāvanābalan’ti. itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. ‘dukkhe anattasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

AN 7.56

AN 7, dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. abyākatavaggo, 3. tissabrahmāsuttaṃ AN 7.56, para. 12 ⇒

“na hi pana te, moggallāna, tisso brahmā sattamaṃ animittavihāriṃ puggalaṃ deseti”. “etassa, bhagavā, kālo; etassa, sugata, kālo! yaṃ bhagavā sattamaṃ animittavihāriṃ puggalaṃ deseyya. bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. “tena hi, moggallāna, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. “evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi. bhagavā etadavoca --

AN 7.56

AN 7, dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. abyākatavaggo, 3. tissabrahmāsuttaṃ AN 7.56, para. 13 ⇒

“idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati. tamenaṃ te devā evaṃ jānanti — ‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati. appeva nāma ayamāyasmā anulomikāni senāsanāni paṭisevamāno kalyāṇamitte bhajamāno indriyāni samannānayamāno — yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ — brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. evaṃ kho, moggallāna, tesaṃ devānaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti — ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’”ti. tatiyaṃ.

AN 7.58

AN 7, dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. abyākatavaggo, 5. arakkheyyasuttaṃ AN 7.58, para. 2 ⇒

“katamehi tīhi anupavajjo? svākkhātadhammo, bhikkhave, tathāgato. tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessati — ‘itipi tvaṃ na svākkhātadhammo’ti. nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ {etaṃpahaṃ (sī. syā.)}, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

AN 7.58

AN 7, dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. abyākatavaggo, 5. arakkheyyasuttaṃ AN 7.58, para. 3 ⇒

“supaññattā kho pana me, bhikkhave, sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā. yathāpaṭipannā mama sāvakā āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessati — ‘itipi te na supaññattā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā. yathāpaṭipannā tava sāvakā āsavānaṃ khayā. pe. sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’ti. nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.

AN 7.58

AN 7, dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. abyākatavaggo, 5. arakkheyyasuttaṃ AN 7.58, para. 4 ⇒

“anekasatā kho pana me, bhikkhave, sāvakaparisā āsavānaṃ khayā. pe. sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessati — ‘itipi te na anekasatā sāvakaparisā āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’ti. nimittametaṃ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. etamahaṃ, bhikkhave, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. imehi tīhi anupavajjo.

AN 8.70

AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. bhūmicālavaggo, 10. bhūmicālasuttaṃ AN 8.70, para. 2 ⇒

atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi — “ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtakaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, ākaṅkhamāno so, ānanda, kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā”ti. evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci — “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.

AN 8.70

AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. bhūmicālavaggo, 10. bhūmicālasuttaṃ AN 8.70, para. 3 ⇒

dutiyampi kho bhagavā. pe. tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi — “ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, ākaṅkhamāno so, ānanda, kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā. pe. ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā”ti. evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci — “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 1 ⇒

35. “seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ. tassā evamassa — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti. sā purimaṃ pādaṃ na suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṃ pādaṃ uddhareyya. sā na ceva agatapubbaṃ disaṃ gaccheyya, na ca akhāditapubbāni tiṇāni khādeyya, na ca apītapubbāni pānīyāni piveyya; yasmiṃ cassā padese ṭhitāya evamassa — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti tañca padesaṃ na sotthinā paccāgaccheyya. taṃ kissa hetu? tathā hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu bālo abyatto akhettaññū akusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; so taṃ nimittaṃ na āsevati na bhāveti na bahulīkaroti na svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 3 ⇒

“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā paṇḍitā byattā khettaññū kusalā visame pabbate carituṃ. tassā evamassa — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti. sā purimaṃ pādaṃ suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṃ pādaṃ uddhareyya. sā agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyya, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyya, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyya. yasmiṃ cassā padese ṭhitāya evamassa — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti tañca padesaṃ sotthinā paccāgaccheyya. taṃ kissa hetu? tathā hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā paṇḍitā byattā khettaññū kusalā visame pabbate carituṃ. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu paṇḍito byatto khettaññū kusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. so taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 4 ⇒

“tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. so dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā. dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. so taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 5 ⇒

“tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihareyyaṃ sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeyyaṃ yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti — upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. so tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno pītiyā ca virāgā. pe. tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. so taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 6 ⇒

“tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. so catutthaṃ jhānaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sukhassa ca pahānā. pe. catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. so taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 7 ⇒

“tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. so ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā. pe. ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. so taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 8 ⇒

“tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. so viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. so taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 9 ⇒

“tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. so ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. so taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 9.35

AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. gāvīupamāsuttaṃ AN 9.35, para. 10 ⇒

“tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. so nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. so taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 10.51

AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. sacittavaggo, 1. sacittasuttaṃ AN 10.51, para. 3 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sacittapariyāyakusalo hoti? seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno sace tattha passati rajaṃ vā aṅgaṇaṃ vā, tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamati. no ce tattha passati rajaṃ vā aṅgaṇaṃ vā, tenevattamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo — ‘lābhā vata me, parisuddhaṃ vata me’ti. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇā bahukārā {bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno bahukāro (ka.)} hoti kusalesu dhammesu — ‘abhijjhālu nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, anabhijjhālu nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, byāpannacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, abyāpannacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhito nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, vigatathinamiddho nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, uddhato nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, anuddhato nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, vicikiccho nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, tiṇṇavicikiccho nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, kodhano nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, akkodhano nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃkiliṭṭhacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, asaṃkiliṭṭhacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, sāraddhakāyo nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, asāraddhakāyo nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, kusīto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, āraddhavīriyo nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, asamāhito nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, samāhito nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmī’ti.

AN 10.52

AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. sacittavaggo, 2. sāriputtasuttaṃ AN 10.52, para. 3 ⇒

AN 10.53

AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. sacittavaggo, 3. ṭhitisuttaṃ AN 10.53, para. 6 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sacittapariyāyakusalo hoti? seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno sace tattha passati rajaṃ vā aṅgaṇaṃ vā, tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamati. no ce tattha passati rajaṃ vā aṅgaṇaṃ vā, tenevattamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo — ‘lābhā vata me, parisuddhaṃ vata me’ti. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇā bahukārā hoti kusalesu dhammesu — ‘abhijjhālu nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, anabhijjhālu nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, byāpannacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, abyāpannacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhito nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, vigatathinamiddho nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, uddhato nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, anuddhato nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, vicikiccho nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, tiṇṇavicikiccho nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, kodhano nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, akkodhano nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃkiliṭṭhacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, asaṃkiliṭṭhacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, sāraddhakāyo nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, asāraddhakāyo nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, kusīto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, āraddhavīriyo nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, samāhito nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, asamāhito nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmī’ti.

AN 10.54

AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. sacittavaggo, 4. samathasuttaṃ AN 10.54, para. 2 ⇒

AN 10.55

AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. sacittavaggo, 5. parihānasuttaṃ AN 10.55, para. 7 ⇒

“kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu sacittapariyāyakusalo hoti? seyyathāpi, āvuso, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno sace tattha passati rajaṃ vā aṅgaṇaṃ vā, tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamati. no ce tattha passati rajaṃ vā aṅgaṇaṃ vā, tenevattamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo — ‘lābhā vata me, parisuddhaṃ vata me’ti. evameva kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇā bahukārā hoti kusalesu dhammesu — ‘anabhijjhālu nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, abyāpannacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, vigatathinamiddho nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, anuddhato nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, tiṇṇavicikiccho nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, akkodhano nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, asaṃkiliṭṭhacitto nu kho bahulaṃ viharāmi, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, lābhī nu khomhi ajjhattaṃ dhammapāmojjassa, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, lābhī nu khomhi ajjhattaṃ cetosamathassa, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no, lābhī nu khomhi adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, saṃvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no’ti.

AN 10.72

AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (8) 3. ākaṅkhavaggo, 2. kaṇṭakasuttaṃ AN 10.72, para. 6 ⇒

“dasayime, bhikkhave, kaṇṭakā. katame dasa? pavivekārāmassa saṅgaṇikārāmatā kaṇṭako, asubhanimittānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa subhanimittānuyogo kaṇṭako, indriyesu guttadvārassa visūkadassanaṃ kaṇṭako, brahmacariyassa mātugāmūpacāro {mātugāmopavicāro (sī.), mātugāmūpavicaro (ka.)} kaṇṭako, {kathā. 333} paṭhamassa jhānassa saddo kaṇṭako, dutiyassa jhānassa vitakkavicārā kaṇṭakā, tatiyassa jhānassa pīti kaṇṭako, catutthassa jhānassa assāsapassāso kaṇṭako, saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā saññā ca vedanā ca kaṇṭako rāgo kaṇṭako doso kaṇṭako moho kaṇṭako.

AN 10.99

AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 9. upālisuttaṃ AN 10.99, para. 20 ⇒

“so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

AN 10.121

AN 10, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. paccorohaṇivaggo, 9. pubbaṅgamasuttaṃ AN 10.121, para. 1 ⇒

121. “sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — aruṇuggaṃ. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, yadidaṃ — sammādiṭṭhi. sammādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo pahoti, sammāsaṅkappassa sammāvācā pahoti, sammākammanto pahoti, sammākammantassa sammāājīvo pahoti, sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmo pahoti, sammāvāyāmassa sammāsati pahoti, sammāsatissa sammāsamādhi pahoti, sammāsamādhissa sammāñāṇaṃ pahoti, sammāñāṇissa sammāvimutti pahotī”ti. navamaṃ.

AN 11.17

AN 11, 2. anussativaggo, 7. gopālasuttaṃ AN 11.17, para. 6 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya na paṭipajjati; na rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ nāpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya na paṭipajjati; na rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ nāpajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti.

AN 11.17

AN 11, 2. anussativaggo, 7. gopālasuttaṃ AN 11.17, para. 20 ⇒

“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. sotena saddaṃ sutvā. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā. jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī; yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti.

4👑☸ Cattāri Ariya-saccaṃ 四聖諦

nimitta

Nimitta

DPR search for ‘nimitt’ in all 5 nikāyas

DN

DN 1

DN 2

DN 2

DN 10

DN 10

DN 11

DN 15

DN 16

DN 16

DN 16

DN 16

DN 16

DN 16

DN 16

DN 18

DN 18

DN 18

DN 19

DN 19

DN 19

DN 28

DN 28

DN 28

DN 28

DN 30

DN 30

DN 30

DN 30

DN 30

DN 30

DN 30

DN 30

DN 30

DN 30

DN 33

DN 33

DN 33

DN 33

DN 33

DN 33

DN 34

DN 34

DN 34

MN

MN 5

MN 5

MN 12

MN 12

MN 12

MN 12

MN 12

MN 12

MN 15

MN 20

MN 20

MN 20

MN 20

MN 27

MN 33

MN 33

MN 36

MN 38

MN 39

MN 43

MN 43

MN 43

MN 43

MN 43

MN 43

MN 43

MN 43

MN 43

MN 43